[go: up one dir, main page]

WO2019173799A1 - Sondes oligonucléotidiques et leurs utilisations - Google Patents

Sondes oligonucléotidiques et leurs utilisations Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2019173799A1
WO2019173799A1 PCT/US2019/021491 US2019021491W WO2019173799A1 WO 2019173799 A1 WO2019173799 A1 WO 2019173799A1 US 2019021491 W US2019021491 W US 2019021491W WO 2019173799 A1 WO2019173799 A1 WO 2019173799A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
cancer
oligonucleotide
oligonucleotides
gemcitabine
cell
Prior art date
Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
Ceased
Application number
PCT/US2019/021491
Other languages
English (en)
Inventor
Valeriy DOMENYUK
Mark Miglarese
David Spetzler
Current Assignee (The listed assignees may be inaccurate. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation or warranty as to the accuracy of the list.)
Caris Science Inc
Original Assignee
Caris Science Inc
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Caris Science Inc filed Critical Caris Science Inc
Publication of WO2019173799A1 publication Critical patent/WO2019173799A1/fr
Anticipated expiration legal-status Critical
Ceased legal-status Critical Current

Links

Classifications

    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C12—BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
    • C12N—MICROORGANISMS OR ENZYMES; COMPOSITIONS THEREOF; PROPAGATING, PRESERVING, OR MAINTAINING MICROORGANISMS; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING; CULTURE MEDIA
    • C12N15/00—Mutation or genetic engineering; DNA or RNA concerning genetic engineering, vectors, e.g. plasmids, or their isolation, preparation or purification; Use of hosts therefor
    • C12N15/09—Recombinant DNA-technology
    • C12N15/11—DNA or RNA fragments; Modified forms thereof; Non-coding nucleic acids having a biological activity
    • C12N15/115—Aptamers, i.e. nucleic acids binding a target molecule specifically and with high affinity without hybridising therewith ; Nucleic acids binding to non-nucleic acids, e.g. aptamers
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07K—PEPTIDES
    • C07K16/00—Immunoglobulins [IGs], e.g. monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies
    • C07K16/005—Immunoglobulins [IGs], e.g. monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies constructed by phage libraries
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07K—PEPTIDES
    • C07K16/00—Immunoglobulins [IGs], e.g. monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies
    • C07K16/18—Immunoglobulins [IGs], e.g. monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies against material from animals or humans
    • C07K16/28—Immunoglobulins [IGs], e.g. monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies against material from animals or humans against receptors, cell surface antigens or cell surface determinants
    • C07K16/30—Immunoglobulins [IGs], e.g. monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies against material from animals or humans against receptors, cell surface antigens or cell surface determinants from tumour cells
    • G—PHYSICS
    • G01—MEASURING; TESTING
    • G01N—INVESTIGATING OR ANALYSING MATERIALS BY DETERMINING THEIR CHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
    • G01N33/00—Investigating or analysing materials by specific methods not covered by groups G01N1/00 - G01N31/00
    • G01N33/48—Biological material, e.g. blood, urine; Haemocytometers
    • G01N33/50—Chemical analysis of biological material, e.g. blood, urine; Testing involving biospecific ligand binding methods; Immunological testing
    • G01N33/53—Immunoassay; Biospecific binding assay; Materials therefor
    • G01N33/5308—Immunoassay; Biospecific binding assay; Materials therefor for analytes not provided for elsewhere, e.g. nucleic acids, uric acid, worms, mites
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07K—PEPTIDES
    • C07K2318/00—Antibody mimetics or scaffolds
    • C07K2318/20—Antigen-binding scaffold molecules wherein the scaffold is not an immunoglobulin variable region or antibody mimetics
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C12—BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
    • C12N—MICROORGANISMS OR ENZYMES; COMPOSITIONS THEREOF; PROPAGATING, PRESERVING, OR MAINTAINING MICROORGANISMS; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING; CULTURE MEDIA
    • C12N2310/00—Structure or type of the nucleic acid
    • C12N2310/10—Type of nucleic acid
    • C12N2310/16—Aptamers
    • G—PHYSICS
    • G01—MEASURING; TESTING
    • G01N—INVESTIGATING OR ANALYSING MATERIALS BY DETERMINING THEIR CHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
    • G01N2800/00—Detection or diagnosis of diseases
    • G01N2800/52—Predicting or monitoring the response to treatment, e.g. for selection of therapy based on assay results in personalised medicine; Prognosis

Definitions

  • the invention relates generally to oligonucleotide probes, which are useful for diagnostics of cancer and/or other diseases or disorders and as therapeutics to treat such medical conditions.
  • the invention further relates to materials and methods for the administration of oligonucleotide probes capable of binding to cells of interest.
  • Oligonucleotide probes are oligomeric nucleic acid molecules having specific binding affinity to molecules, which may be through interactions other than classic Watson-Crick base pairing.
  • an“aptamer” as the term is used herein can refer to nucleic acid molecules that can associate with targets, regardless of manner of target recognition.
  • the terms“aptamer,”“oligonucleotide,”“polynucleotide,”“oligonucleotide probe,” or the like may be used interchangeably herein.
  • Oligonucleotide probes like peptides generated by phage display or monoclonal antibodies (“mAbs”), are capable of specifically binding to selected targets and modulating the target's activity, e.g., bound aptamers may block their target’s ability to function.
  • mAbs monoclonal antibodies
  • aptamers Created by an in vitro selection process from pools of random sequence oligonucleotides, aptamers have been generated for numerous proteins including growth factors, transcription factors, enzymes, immunoglobulins, and receptors.
  • a typical aptamer comprises a region 10-15 kDa in size (30-45 nucleotides) which imparts its binding specificity, binds its target with sub-nanomolar affinity, and discriminates against closely related targets (e.g., aptamers can be designed to not bind other proteins from the same gene family).
  • a series of structural studies have shown that aptamers are capable of using the same types of binding interactions (e.g., hydrogen bonding, electrostatic complementarity, hydrophobic contacts, steric exclusion) that drive affinity and specificity in antibody -antigen complexes.
  • variable region The region of an aptamer sequence which imparts binding specificity may be referred to as a “variable region” or the like herein.
  • the variable region is often flanked by additional nucleotide sequences that impart desired functionality.
  • the flanking sequences typically provide primer sites for amplification of the library.
  • flanking sequences include enhanced stability (e.g., using polyethylene glycol (PEG)), or capture or attachment to various substrates or chemical moieties, including without limitation arrays, beads, particles, wells, plates, membranes, liposomes, nanoparticles, labels (e.g., gold, dye, magnetic label, fluorescent label, light emitting particle, radioactive label, enzymatic label), crosslinking agents, toxins, or therapeutic agents.
  • PEG polyethylene glycol
  • labels e.g., gold, dye, magnetic label, fluorescent label, light emitting particle, radioactive label, enzymatic label
  • crosslinking agents e.g., crosslinking agents, toxins, or therapeutic agents.
  • such attachment may be direct, e.g., via base pairing of the flanking sequences, or indirect, e.g., an aptamer may be biotinylated to provide attachment via streptavidin or the like.
  • compositions and methods described herein provide oligonucleotide probes that recognize tissues having phenotypes of interest.
  • oligonucleotide probes described herein are used in diagnostic, prognostic or theranostic processes.
  • oligonucleotide probes, or aptamers, described herein are chemically modified or composed in a composition for medical imaging or therapeutic applications.
  • oligonucleotides comprising a sequence comprising a region according to any one of: a) SEQ ID NOs. 2922-102938; or b) a row in any one of Table 9, Table 17, or Table 19.
  • the oligonucleotides comprise a sequence comprising a variable region according to to any one of: a) SEQ ID NOs. 2922-102938; or b) a row in any one of Table 9, Table 17, or Table 19, and further having a 5’ region with sequence 5’-CTAGCATGACTGCAGTACGT (SEQ ID NO. 3) and a 3’ region with sequence 5’-CTGTCTCTTATACACATCTGACGCTGCCGACGA (SEQ ID NO. 4).
  • the oligonucleotides comprise a sequence according to a row in Table 9. In some embodiments, the oligonucleotides comprise a sequence according to a row in Table 17. In some embodiments, the oligonucleotides comprise a sequence according to a row in Table 19.
  • the oligonucleotides comprise a sequence according to any one of SEQ ID NOs. 2922-102938.
  • the oligonucleotides are flanked by fixed sequences, wherein optionally the fixed sequences comprise hybridization sites for PCR primers, promoter sequences for RNA polymerases, restriction sites, homopolymeric sequences, catalytic cores, sites for selective binding to affinity substrates, or other sequences to facilitate cloning, sequencing, capture or attachment of the oligonucleotide.
  • the fixed sequences comprise hybridization sites for PCR primers, promoter sequences for RNA polymerases, restriction sites, homopolymeric sequences, catalytic cores, sites for selective binding to affinity substrates, or other sequences to facilitate cloning, sequencing, capture or attachment of the oligonucleotide.
  • the oligonucleotides is capable of binding to pancreatic tissue.
  • the oligonucleotides comprise a nucleic acid sequence or a portion thereof that is at least 50, 55, 60, 65, 70, 75, 80, 85, 86, 87, 88, 89, 90, 95, 96, 97, 98, 99 or 100 percent homologous to an oligonucleotide sequence as described herein.
  • oligonucleotides comprising different members with oligonucleotide sequences having a region according to at least 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 25, 30, 40, 45, 50, 55, 60, 65, 70, 75, 80, 85, 90, 95 or 100 rows in Table 9.
  • oligonucleotides comprising different members with oligonucleotide sequences having a region according to at least 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 25, 30, 40, 45, 50, 55, 60, 65, 70, 75, 80, 85, 90, 95 or 100 rows in Table 19.
  • oligonucleotides comprising different members with oligonucleotide sequences according to at least 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18,
  • the plurality of oligonucleotides comprises member nucleic acid sequences or a portion thereof that are at least 50, 55, 60, 65, 70, 75, 80, 85, 86, 87, 88, 89, 90, 91, 92, 93, 94, 95, 96, 97, 98, 99 or 100 percent homologous to the plurality of oligonucleotide sequences as described herein.
  • the plurality of oligonucleotides comprises at least 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 25, 30, 40, 45, 50, 55, 60, 65, 70, 75, 80, 85, 90, 95, 100, 110, 120, 130,
  • the oligonucleotide or plurality of oligonucleotides comprise a DNA
  • RNA, 2’ -O-methyl or phosphorothioate backbone or any combination thereof.
  • the oligonucleotide or plurality of oligonucleotides comprise at least one of DNA, RNA, PNA, LNA, UNA, and any combination thereof.
  • the oligonucleotide or plurality of oligonucleotides comprise at least one functional modification selected from the group consisting of biotinylation, a non-naturally occurring nucleotide, a deletion, an insertion, an addition, and a chemical modification.
  • the chemical modification comprises at least one of C18, polyethylene glycol (PEG), PEG4, PEG6, PEG8, and PEG12.
  • the oligonucleotide or plurality of oligonucleotides is labeled.
  • the oligonucleotide or plurality of oligonucleotides is attached to a nanoparticle, liposome, gold, magnetic label, fluorescent label, light emitting particle, light reactive moiety, radioactive label or enzymatic label.
  • oligonucleotides or pluralities of oligonucleotides as described herein.
  • methods comprising contacting at least one sample from a subject (e.g., a subject with cancer, e.g., pancreatic cancer) with at least one oligonucleotide or plurality of oligonucleotides as described herein, and optionally further comprising detecting a presence or level of the at least one oligonucleotide or members of the plurality of oligonucleotides that associated with the at least one sample.
  • a subject e.g., a subject with cancer, e.g., pancreatic cancer
  • the methods comprise providing at least one sample from the subject; contacting the at least one sample with at least one oligonucleotide or plurality of oligonucleotides as described herein; detecting a presence or level of the at least one oligonucleotide or members of the plurality of oligonucleotides that associated with the at least one sample; and predicting response to the gemcitabine based on the presence or level detected.
  • Also provided herein are methods of predicting response to gemcitabine comprising providing at least one sample from a subject; detecting a presence or level of at least one protein in at least one of Tables 12-13, 15-16, 18, and 20-24 in the at least one sample; and predicting response to the gemcitabine based on the presence or level detected.
  • kits for predicting response to gemcitabine comprising providing at least one sample from a subject; contacting the at least one sample with at least one oligonucleotide aptamer that specifically binds to at least one protein in at least one of Tables 12-13, 15- 16, 18, and 20-24; detecting a presence or level of members of the at least one oligonucleotide aptamer that associated with the at least one target; and predicting response to the gemcitabine based on the presence or level detected.
  • kits for predicting response to gemcitabine and evofosfamide comprising providing at least one sample from a subject; detecting a presence or level of at least one protein in at least one of Tables 12-13, 15-16, 18, and 20-24 in the at least one sample; and predicting response to the gemcitabine and evofosfamide based on the presence or level detected.
  • methods of predicting response to gemcitabine and evofosfamide comprising providing at least one sample from a subject; contacting the at least one sample with at least one oligonucleotide aptamer that specifically binds to at least one protein in at least one of Tables 12-13, 15-16, 18, and 20-24; detecting a presence or level of members of the at least one oligonucleotide aptamer that associated with the at least one target; and predicting response to the gemcitabine and evofosfamide based on the presence or level detected.
  • the at least one oligonucleotide aptamer comprises at least one oligonucleotide or plurality of oligonucleotides as described herein.
  • the detecting comprises sequencing, amplification, hybridization, gel electrophoresis, or chromatography.
  • the detecting comprises an immunoassay, immunohistochemistry, or poly ligand histochemistry.
  • the predicting comprises comparing the presence or level to a reference.
  • the reference comprises the presence or level determined in a sample from an individual without a disease or disorder, or from an individual with a different state of a disease or disorder.
  • a positive detection predicts non-beneficial response to the gemcitabine or gemcitabine and evofosfamide, and/or negative detection predicts beneficial response to the gemcitabine or gemcitabine and evofosfamide.
  • the at least one sample comprises a bodily fluid, tissue sample or cell culture.
  • the tissue sample comprises fixed tissue.
  • the fixed tissue comprises formalin fixed paraffin embedded (FFPE) tissue.
  • the FFPE tissue comprises at least one of a fixed tissue, unstained slide, bone marrow core or clot, biopsy sample, surgical sample, core needle biopsy, malignant fluid, and fine needle aspirate (FNA).
  • the FFPE tissue is fixed on a substrate.
  • the substrate comprises a glass slide or membrane.
  • the bodily fluid comprises peripheral blood, sera, plasma, ascites, urine, cerebrospinal fluid (CSF), sputum, saliva, bone marrow, synovial fluid, aqueous humor, amniotic fluid, cerumen, breast milk, broncheoalveolar lavage fluid, semen, prostatic fluid, cowper’s fluid or pre- ejaculatory fluid, female ejaculate, sweat, fecal matter, hair oil, tears, cyst fluid, pleural and peritoneal fluid, pericardial fluid, lymph, chyme, chyle, bile, interstitial fluid, menses, pus, sebum, vomit, vaginal secretions, mucosal secretion, stool water, pancreatic juice, lavage fluids from sinus cavities, bronchopulmonary aspirates, blastocyl cavity fluid, or umbilical cord blood.
  • CSF cerebrospinal fluid
  • the response to the gemcitabine and/or evofosfamide is determined when the gemcitabine and/or evofosfamide is given in combination with at least one other therapy.
  • the at least one other therapy comprises at least one chemotherapeutic agent
  • the at least one chemotherapeutic agent comprises evofosfamide, 5-fluorouracil (5-FU), folinic acid (leucovorin), irinotecan, oxaliplatin, erlotinib, FOLFIRINOX (i.e., 5-FU, folinic acid, irinotecan, and oxaliplatin), paclitaxel, nab-paclitaxel, or any combination thereof.
  • the at least one chemotherapeutic agent comprises evofosfamide.
  • the subject i) has a disease or disorder; ii) is suspected of having or being predisposed to a disease or disorder; iii) is in need of treatment with gemcitabine and/or evofosfamide; or iv) is being considered for treatment with gemcitabine and/or evofosfamide.
  • the disease or disorder comprises a cancer, a premalignant condition, an inflammatory disease, an immune disease, an autoimmune disease or disorder, a cardiovascular disease or disorder, neurological disease or disorder, infectious disease or pain.
  • the cancer comprises pancreatic cancer; an acute lymphoblastic leukemia; acute myeloid leukemia; adrenocortical carcinoma; AIDS-related cancers; AIDS-related lymphoma; anal cancer; appendix cancer; astrocytomas; atypical teratoid/rhabdoid tumor; basal cell carcinoma; bladder cancer; brain stem glioma; brain tumor (including brain stem glioma, central nervous system atypical teratoid/rhabdoid tumor, central nervous system embryonal tumors, astrocytomas, craniopharyngioma, ependymoblastoma, ependymoma, medulloblastoma, medulloepithelioma, pineal parenchymal tumors of intermediate differentiation, supratentorial primitive neuroectodermal tumors and pineoblastoma); breast cancer; bronchial tumors; Burkitt lymphoma;
  • craniopharyngioma cutaneous T-cell lymphoma; endocrine pancreas islet cell tumors; endometrial cancer; ependymoblastoma; ependymoma; esophageal cancer; esthesioneuroblastoma; Ewing sarcoma; extracranial germ cell tumor; extragonadal germ cell tumor; extrahepatic bile duct cancer; gallbladder cancer; gastric (stomach) cancer; gastrointestinal carcinoid tumor; gastrointestinal stromal cell tumor; gastrointestinal stromal tumor (GIST); gestational trophoblastic tumor; glioma; hairy cell leukemia; head and neck cancer; heart cancer; Hodgkin lymphoma; hypopharyngeal cancer; intraocular melanoma; islet cell tumors; Kaposi sarcoma; kidney cancer; Langerhans cell histiocytosis; laryngeal cancer; lip cancer; liver cancer; lung
  • medulloepithelioma melanoma
  • Merkel cell carcinoma Merkel cell skin carcinoma
  • mesothelioma metastatic squamous neck cancer with occult primary
  • mouth cancer multiple endocrine neoplasia syndromes
  • multiple myeloma multiple myeloma/plasma cell neoplasm
  • mycosis fungoides mycosis fungoides
  • myelodysplastic syndromes myeloproliferative neoplasms; nasal cavity cancer; nasopharyngeal cancer; neuroblastoma; Non-Hodgkin lymphoma; nonmelanoma skin cancer; non-small cell lung cancer; oral cancer; oral cavity cancer; oropharyngeal cancer; osteosarcoma; other brain and spinal cord tumors; ovarian cancer; ovarian epithelial cancer; ovarian germ cell tumor; ovarian low malignant potential tumor; papillomatosis; paranasal sinus cancer; parathyroid cancer; pelvic cancer; penile cancer; pharyngeal cancer; pineal parenchymal tumors of intermediate differentiation; pineoblastoma; pituitary tumor; plasma cell neoplasm/multiple myeloma; pleuropulmonary blastoma; primary central nervous system (CNS) lymphoma; primary hepatocellular liver cancer; prostate cancer; rectal cancer; renal cancer; renal cell (kidney)
  • squamous cell carcinoma squamous neck cancer; stomach (gastric) cancer; supratentorial primitive neuroectodermal tumors; T-cell lymphoma; testicular cancer; throat cancer; thymic carcinoma; thymoma; thyroid cancer; transitional cell cancer; transitional cell cancer of the renal pelvis and ureter; trophoblastic tumor; ureter cancer; urethral cancer; uterine cancer; uterine sarcoma; vaginal cancer; vulvar cancer; Waldenstrom macroglobulinemia; or Wilm’s tumor.
  • the cancer comprises at least one of pancreatic cancer, breast cancer, ovarian cancer, non-small cell lung cancer, and bladder cancer. In some embodiments, the cancer comprises pancreatic cancer.
  • the methods include administering the gemcitabine and/or evofosfamide with or without other combination therapy to the subject.
  • the gemcitabine is administered to the subject when predicting beneficial response to the gemcitabine.
  • the gemcitabine and evofosfamide is administered to the subject when predicting beneficial response to the gemcitabine and evofosfamide.
  • kits comprising a reagent (e.g., as described herein) for carrying out a method as described herein, as well as the use of a reagent (e.g., as describd herein) for carrying out a method as described herein.
  • the reagent comprises at least one oligonucleotide or plurality of oligonucleotides as described herein.
  • methods of imaging at least one cell or tissue comprising contacting the at least one cell or tissue with at least one oligonucleotide or plurality of oligonucleotides as described herein, and detecting the at least one oligonucleotide or the plurality of oligonucleotides in contact with at least one cell or tissue.
  • the at least one oligonucleotide or plurality of oligonucleotides comprises nucleic acids having a sequence or a portion thereof that is at least 50, 55, 60, 65, 70, 75, 80, 85, 90, 95, 96, 97, 98, 99 or 100 percent homologous to an oligonucleotide sequence according to at least 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 12, 15, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40, 50, 60, 70, 80, 90, 100, 200, 300, 400, 500, 600, 700, 800, 900, 1000, 2000, 3000, 4000, 5000, 6000, 7000, 8000, 9000, 10000, 20000, 30000, 40000, 50000, 60000, 70000, 80000, 90000, 100000 or all of SEQ ID NOs. 2922-102921 or 102932-102938.
  • the at least one oligonucleotide or plurality of oligonucleotides associates with one or more protein listed in any one of Tables 12-13, 15-16, 18, and 20-24.
  • the at least one cell or tissue comprises pancreatic cells.
  • the at least one oligonucleotide or the plurality of oligonucleotides is as described herein.
  • the at least one oligonucleotide or the plurality of oligonucleotides is administered to a subject prior to the detecting.
  • the at least one cell or tissue comprises neoplastic, malignant, tumor, hyperplastic, or dysplastic cells.
  • the at least one cell or tissue comprises at least one of lymphoma, leukemia, renal carcinoma, sarcoma, hemangiopericytoma, melanoma, abdominal cancer, gastric cancer, colon cancer, cervical cancer, prostate cancer, pancreatic cancer, breast cancer, or non-small cell lung cancer cells.
  • the at least one cell or tissue comprises a medical condition, disease or disorder.
  • compositions comprising a therapeutically effective amount of a construct comprising the at least one oligonucleotide or the plurality of
  • oligonucleotides as described herein, or a salt thereof, and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, diluent, or both are examples of pharmaceutically acceptable carriers, diluent, or both.
  • the at least one oligonucleotide or plurality of oligonucleotides associates with one or more protein listed in any one of Tables 12-13, 15-16, 18, and 20-24.
  • the at least one oligonucleotide or plurality of oligonucleotides comprises nucleic acids having a sequence or a portion thereof that is at least 50, 55, 60, 65, 70, 75, 80, 85, 90, 95, 96, 97, 98, 99 or 100 percent homologous to an oligonucleotide sequence according to at least 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 12, 15, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40, 50, 60, 70, 80, 90, 100, 200, 300, 400, 500, 600, 700, 800, 900, 1000, 2000, 3000, 4000, 5000, 6000, 7000, 8000, 9000, 10000, 20000, 30000, 40000, 50000, 60000, 70000, 80000, 90000, 100000 or all of SEQ ID NOs. 2922-102921 or 102932-102938.
  • the at least one oligonucleotide or the plurality of oligonucleotides is attached to a toxin or therapeutic agent.
  • the at least one oligonucleotide or the plurality of oligonucleotides is comprised within a multipartite construct. [0067] In some embodiments, the at least one oligonucleotide or the plurality of oligonucleotides is attached to a liposome or nanoparticle. In some embodiments, the liposome or nanoparticle comprises a toxin or therapeutic agent.
  • the medical condition, disease or disorder comprises a proliferative disorder, neoplasia, or cancer.
  • the cancer comprises at least one of breast cancer, ovarian cancer, non small cell lung cancer, pancreatic cancer, and bladder cancer.
  • the cancer is refractory to gemcitabine, or the cancer is refractory to gemcitabine with evofosfamide.
  • the disease or disorder comprises a pancreatic cancer and the at least one oligonucleotide or plurality of oligonucleotides associates with one or more protein listed in Table 20.
  • the disease or disorder displays gemcitabine resistance and the at least one oligonucleotide or plurality of oligonucleotides associates with one or more protein listed in Table 21.
  • the disease or disorder comprises a tumor hypoxia and the at least one oligonucleotide or plurality of oligonucleotides associates with one or more protein listed in Table 22.
  • the disease or disorder comprises a pancreatic cancer displaying gemcitabine resistance and tumor hypoxia and the at least one oligonucleotide or plurality of oligonucleotides associates with one or more protein selected from the group consisting of CAPN1, CDC42, FN1, G6PD, LTF, PDIA3, RAB11A, S100P, TABLN2, and TNC.
  • the disease or disorder comprises a pancreatic cancer displaying gemcitabine resistance and the at least one oligonucleotide or plurality of oligonucleotides associates with one or more protein selected from the group consisting of AKR1C1, DDX17, HIST1H3A, HSPB1, RAB14, and RECQL.
  • the disease or disorder comprises a pancreatic cancer displaying tumor hypoxia and the at least one oligonucleotide or plurality of oligonucleotides associates with one or more protein selected from the group consisting of ACTN4, ALDOA, CALM1, CBR1, COL4A2, COL6A1, COMP, DES, GPI, LASPI, MUC5AC, PCBP1, PEBP1, PFN1, RAN, RPS6, S100A6, SND1, TALDOl, TKT, VCL, and VIM.
  • the at least one oligonucleotide or plurality of oligonucleotides associate with one or more protein not known to be associated with pancreatic cancer, gemcitabine resistance, hypoxia, or any combination thereof.
  • the administering comprises at least one of intradermal, intramuscular, intraperitoneal, intravenous, subcutaneous, intranasal, epidural, oral, sublingual, intracerebral, intravaginal, transdermal, rectal, by inhalation, topical administration, or any combination thereof.
  • binding agents that bind to a protein in any one of Tables 12-13, 15-16, 18, and 20-24.
  • the binding agent comprises one or more of a nucleic acid, DNA molecule, RNA molecule, antibody, antibody fragment, aptamer, peptoid, zDNA, peptide nucleic acid (PNA), locked nucleic acid (LNA), lectin, peptide, dendrimer, protein labeling agent, drug, small molecule, chemical compound, or any combination thereof.
  • the binding agent comprises at least one of a toxin, small molecule, therapeutic agent, immunotherapy agent.
  • the binding agent comprises a detectable label.
  • binding agents for use in a method as described herein, e.g., a method of treatment, prognosis/theranosis, or diagnosis as described herein.
  • pharmaceutical compositions comprising a therapeutically effective amount of the binding agents, or a salt thereof, and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, diluent, or both.
  • the binding agent is attached directly or indirectly to at least one of a toxin, therapeutic agent, liposome or nanoparticle.
  • methods of treating or ameliorating a medical condition, disease or disorder in a subject in need thereof comprising administering the pharmaceutical compositions to the subject.
  • the medical condition, disease or disorder comprises a proliferative disorder, neoplasia, or cancer.
  • the cancer comprises at least one of breast cancer, ovarian cancer, non-small cell lung cancer, pancreatic cancer, and bladder cancer.
  • the cancer is refractory to gemcitabine, or the cancer is refractory to gemcitabine with evofosfamide.
  • the disease or disorder comprises a pancreatic cancer and the binding agent associates with one or more proteins listed in Table 20.
  • the disease or disorder displays gemcitabine resistance and the binding agent associates with one or more protein listed in Table 21.
  • the disease or disorder comprises a tumor hypoxia and the binding agent associates with one or more protein listed in Table 22.
  • the disease or disorder comprises a pancreatic cancer displaying gemcitabine resistance and tumor hypoxia and the binding agent associates with one or more protein selected from the group consisting of CAPN1, CDC42, FN1, G6PD, LTF, PDIA3, RAB11A, S100P, TABLN2, and TNC.
  • the disease or disorder comprises a pancreatic cancer displaying gemcitabine resistance and binding agent associates with one or more protein selected from the group consisting of AKR1C1, DDX17, HIST1H3A, HSPB1, RAB14, and RECQL.
  • the disease or disorder comprises a pancreatic cancer displaying tumor hypoxia and the binding agent associates with one or more protein selected from the group consisting of ACTN4,
  • the binding agent associates with one or more protein not known to be associated with pancreatic cancer, gemcitabine resistance, hypoxia, or any combination thereof.
  • the one or more protein is listed in Table 23. Also provided are methods of inducing cytotoxicity in a subject in need thereof, comprising administering a pharmaceutical composition comprising a binding agent as described herein.
  • the administering comprises at least one of intradermal, intramuscular, intraperitoneal, intravenous, subcutaneous, intranasal, epidural, oral, sublingual, intracerebral, intravaginal, transdermal, rectal, by inhalation, topical administration, or any combination thereof.
  • FIGs. 1A-B illustrates a non-limiting example of an aptamer nucleotide sequence and its secondary structure.
  • FIG. 1A illustrates a secondary structure of a 32-mer oligonucleotide, Aptamer 4, with sequence 5’-CCCCCCGAATCACATGACTTGGGCGGGGGTCG (SEQ ID NO. 1).
  • the sequence is shown with 6 thymine nucleotides added to the end, which can act as a spacer to attach a biotin molecule.
  • This particular oligo has a high binding affinity to the target, epithelial cell adhesion molecule (EpCAM).
  • EpCAM epithelial cell adhesion molecule
  • FIG. IB illustrates another 32-mer oligo with sequence 5’-ACCGGATAGCGGTTGGAGGCGTGCTCCACTCG (SEQ ID NO. 2) that has a different secondary structure than the aptamer in FIG. 1A. This aptamer is also shown with a 6-thymine tail.
  • FIG. 2 comprises a schematic for identifying a target of a selected aptamer, such as an aptamer selected by the process described herein.
  • the figure shows an aptamer 202 tethered to a substrate 201.
  • the aptamer 202 can be covalently attached to substrate 201.
  • the aptamer 202 may also be non- covalently attached.
  • aptamer 202 can comprise a label which can be attracted to the substrate, such as a biotin group which can form a complex with an avidin/streptavidin molecule that is covalently attached to the substrate.
  • the aptamer 202 binds to a surface antigen 203 of target entity 204 (e.g., a cell or vesicle). In the step signified by arrow (i), the target entity is disrupted while leaving the complex between the aptamer 202 and surface antigen 203 intact.
  • Disrupted target entity 205 is removed, e.g., via washing or buffer exchange, in the step signified by arrow (ii).
  • the surface antigen 203 is released from the aptamer 202.
  • the surface antigen 203 can be analyzed to determine its identity.
  • FIGs. 3A-3G illustrate using an oligonucleotide probe library to differentiate cancer and non cancer samples.
  • FIG. 4 shows protein targets of oligonucleotide probes run on a silver stained SDS-PAGE gel.
  • FIGs. 5A-B illustrate a model generated using a training (FIG. 5A) and test (FIG. 5B) set from a round of cross validation.
  • the AUC for the test set was 0.803.
  • Another exemplary round of cross- validation is shown in FIGs. 5C-D with training (FIG. 5C) and test (FIG. 5D) sets.
  • the AUC for the test set was 0.678.
  • FIG. 6 illustrates multipart oligonucleotide constructs.
  • FIGs. 7A-C illustrate SUPRA (SsDNA by Unequal length PRimer Asymmetric PCR), a protocol for single stranded DNA (ssDNA) oligonucleotide library preparation.
  • FIGs. 8A-C illustrate use of aptamers in methods of characterizing a phenotype.
  • FIG. 8A is a schematic 800 showing an assay configuration that can be used to detect and/or quantify a target of interest.
  • capture aptamer 802 is attached to substrate 801.
  • Target of interest 803 is bound by capture aptamer 802.
  • Detection aptamer 804 is also bound to target of interest 803.
  • Detection aptamer 804 carries label 805 which can be detected to identify target captured to substrate 801 via capture aptamer 802
  • FIG. 8B is a schematic 810 showing use of an aptamer pool to characterize a phenotype.
  • a pool of aptamers to a target of interest is provided 811.
  • the pool is contacted with a test sample to be characterized 812.
  • the mixture is washed to remove unbound aptamers.
  • the remaining aptamers are disassociated and collected 813.
  • the collected aptamers are identified 814 and the identity of the retained aptamers is used to characterize the phenotype 815.
  • FIG. 8C provides an outline 820 of such method.
  • An aptamer pool is provided that has been enriched against a tissue of interest 821.
  • the pool is contacted with a tissue sample 822.
  • the tissue sample can be in a format such as described herein.
  • the tissue sample can be a fixed tumor sample.
  • the sample may be a FFPE sample fixed to a glass slide or membrane.
  • the sample is washed to remove unbound members of the aptamer pool and the remaining aptamers are visualized 823.
  • Any appropriate method to visualize the aptamers can be used.
  • the aptamer pool is biotinylated and the bound aptamer are visualized using streptavidin- horse radish peroxidase (SA-HRP).
  • SA-HRP streptavidin- horse radish peroxidase
  • other useful visualization methods are known in the art, including alternate labeling.
  • the visualized sample is scored to determine the amount of staining 824. For example a pathologist can score the slide as in IHC. The score can be used to characterize the sample 825 as described herein. For example, a score of +1 or higher may indicate that the sample is a cancer sample, or is a cancer sample expressing a given biomarker or having certain characteristics, including without limitation drug susceptibility or resistance.
  • FIGs. 9A-D illustrate development and use of an oligonucleotide probe library to distinguish biological sample types.
  • FIGs. 10A-C illustrate enriching a naive oligonucleotide library with balanced design for oligonucleotides that differentiate between breast cancer and non-cancer microvesicles derived from plasma samples.
  • FIG. 11 illustrates study design for retrospective analysis of the phase III MAESTRO study by poly -ligand profding.
  • the MAESTRO trial data comprised de-identified patient characteristics, clinical outcomes and sample availability for all 693 enrolled patients 1101. 323 cases had available unstained FFPE specimens for additional studies. Hematoxylin and eosin (H&E) stained tissue sections from each case were evaluated by a board-certified pathologist; 192 cases qualified for our study based on physical condition of the preserved tissue, sufficient tumor cellularity, and identifiable adjacent tissue for confirmation of metastatic lesions 1102. Twenty cases were initially un-blinded for enrichment of ssODN libraries 1103.
  • H&E Hematoxylin and eosin
  • Upper panel shows the distributions of the hazard ratio (HR) (A), and median OS (B) of 1,000 simulations.
  • the vertical lines in A and B represent the observed HR (0.84) and difference in median OS from GE to G (1.3 months) in MAESTRO.
  • HR hazard ratio
  • B median OS
  • FIG. 15 illustrates an example enrichment scheme of the leading library, EL-EvNR2.
  • Rounds R4-R6 included two counter selection steps where the unbound fractions were collected from samples from 2 different benefiter patients (Nl, N2) and applied back to the NB sample from patient PI used for R1-R3. Rounds R1-R6 were performed identically for each of the nine initial libraries using different NB and B cases.
  • Library EL-Ev-NR2 was subjected to two additional rounds of positive selection (R7, R8) on two different non-benefiter cases (P2, P3) to further increase representation of selectively -binding species.
  • FIG. 16 shows NGS read count distribution.
  • A Library EL-EvNR2-Rd6 matured most effectively after R6 and was further trained for two additional positive selection rounds (R7, R8). In each group, the bars are ordered from left to right as EvNRl, EnNR2, EvNR3, EvNR4, EvNR5, EvRl, EvR2, EvR4 and EvR5.
  • B Library EL-EvNR2 read count comparisons between R6, R7 and R8 confirmed further maturation. In each group, the bars are ordered from left to right as Round 6, 7, 8.
  • FIG. 17 shows staining of the tissue of the 12 cases with enriched library EvNR2_21. Slides are annotated with the patient’s overall survival (OS) in days. Ten cases were naive to enrichment and two were used in round R7 (OS: 48, upper panel, middle) and round R8 (OS: 33, upper panel, second from left). Histological scores for each nuclear and cytoplasmic component are shown in Table 10 herein. Four out of five non-benefiter cases (OS ⁇ 240) have at least 30% of cells with nucleus staining. Five out of seven benefiter cases (OS > 240) have more that 70% of cells without nucleus staining. Slides shown at 20x magnification, 40 pm scale bar.
  • the vertical red and blue lines in the left panel represent the median OS for G (7.6 months) and GE (8.9 months) in MAESTRO.
  • the vertical red lines in the right panel represent the median relative OS increase (17.4%) in MAESTRO.
  • FIG. 20 shows additional KM curves from simulated trials including PLP-positive patients using OS. Trials with the smallest (left panel) and largest (right panel) hazard ratio out of the 1,000 using performance metrics from the blinded test set (A-B), primary subset (C-D), and metastatic subset (E-F) are shown.
  • HR 0.62 (95% Cl: 0.48- 0.79); log-rank p ⁇ 0.001.
  • Each panel corresponds to the same letter in FIG. 13, which shows OS as the endpoint.
  • the upper panels show the distributions of the HR (A), and median OS (B) of 1,000 simulations.
  • the vertical red lines in (A) and (B) represent the observed HR (0.75) and difference in median OS from GE to G (1.8 months) in MAESTRO. Of the 1,000 simulations, 97.9% show log-rank p ⁇ 0.05.
  • C KM curves of the patients from the MAESTRO trial stratified by treatment.
  • the vertical red and blue lines in the left panel represent the median PFS for G (3.7 months) and GE (5.5 months) in MAESTRO.
  • the vertical red lines in the right panel represent the median relative PFS increase (49.1%) in MAESTRO. Compare to overall survival (OS) in FIG. 19.
  • FIG. 23 shows additional KM curves from simulated trials including PLP-positive patients using PFS as the primary endpoint. Trials with the smallest (left panel) and largest (right panel) hazard ratio out of the 1,000 using performance metrics from the blinded test set (A-B), primary subset (C-D), and metastatic subset (E-F) are shown.
  • HR 0.61 (95% Cl: 0.47-0.79); log-rank p ⁇ 0.001.
  • FIGs. 25A-P show immunohistochemistry verification of the presence of protein targets PKM1, PKM2, HSPB1, COL6A3, RPS14, GAPDH, ANX1, TUBA1B, EPO, ANX2, ACTB, TGM2, identified by mass-spectrometry in samples, affinity purified with library EvNR2 from pancreatic FFPE tissue.
  • the corresponding antibodies are specified above the images.
  • Rb - host is rabbit, Ms - host is mouse.
  • Tissue samples from four patients with pancreatic cancer were used: Case #658 (A, E, I, M); Case #641 (B, F, J, N); Case #034 (C, G, K, O); Case #617 (D, H, L, P).
  • Case #658 A, E, I, M
  • Case #641 B, F, J, N
  • Case #034 C, G, K, O
  • Case #617 D, H, L, P.
  • FIG. 26 shows target identification scheme and selected cases.
  • Part 1 Staining: FFPE slides comprising pancreatic cancer tissue 2601 are contacted with enriched ssODN library 2602 comprising biotinylated oligonucleotides. The slides comprising aptamer bound tissue 2604 are stained 2603 to visualize areas of cancer tissue. Cancer tissue with bound oligos 2606 is microdissected 2607.
  • Part 2 Protein Lysis: Microdissected cancer tissue with bound oligonucleotides 2606 is lysed 2607, washed 2608, and centrifuged 2609 to pellet cellular debris and the supernatant comprising the previously bound aptamers is recovered 2610.
  • Part 3 Pull-down: The supernatant comprising the previously bound aptamers 2610 is contacted with magnetic streptavidin beads 2611. The biotinylated oligos are bound to the streptavidin beads 2612, washed 2613, eluted from the beads 2614 and separated on a silver stained PAGE gel 2615 where individual bands are excised from the gel 2616.
  • Part 4 MS: Enriched proteins are excised 2616 from silver stained PAGE gel 2615. Recovered gel slice 2617 is subjected in-gel digestion 2618, peptide extraction 2619, and enrichment 2620 using standard techniques. The processed peptides are subjected to high-resolution mass-spectrometry (MS) 2621.
  • MS mass-spectrometry
  • FIG. 27 shows five cases from MAESTRO trial, all of which are non-benefiters for gemcitabine or gemcitabine + evofosfamide with the highest staining intensity from library EvNR2. Magnification 20x. These cases were selected for target identification according to FIG. 26. Each case had two binding replicates, 2 slides per replicate. MS data analysis: 99% protein threshold, min 2 peptides/protein detection, 95% peptide threshold.
  • FIGs. 28A-B show target ID with Library EvNR2 and pools of selected sequences thereof.
  • compositions and methods that can be used to characterize a phenotype, or assess, a biological sample.
  • the compositions and methods described herein comprise the use of oligonucleotide probes (aptamers) that bind biological entities of interest, including without limitation tissues, cell, microvesicles, or fragments of any thereof.
  • the antigens recognized by the oligonucleotide aptamers may comprise proteins or polypeptides or any other useful biological components such as nucleic acids, lipids and/or carbohydrates.
  • the oligonucleotides disclosed are synthetic nucleic acid molecules, including DNA and RNA, and variations thereof.
  • the oligonucleotide probes can be synthesized in DNA or RNA format or as hybrid molecules as desired.
  • the methods disclosed herein comprise diagnostic, prognostic and theranostic processes and techniques using one or more aptamer described herein.
  • an oligonucleotide probe described herein can also be used as a binding agent to capture, isolate, or enrich, a cell, cell fragment, microvesicle or any other fragment or complex that comprises the antigen or functional fragments thereof.
  • compositions and methods described herein also comprise individual oligonucleotides that can be used to assess biological samples.
  • the invention further discloses compositions and methods of oligonucleotide pools that can be used to detect a biosignature in a sample.
  • Oligonucleotide probes and sequences disclosed in the compositions and methods described herein may be identified herein in the form of DNA or RNA. Unless otherwise specified, one of skill in the art will appreciate that an oligonucleotide may generally be synthesized as either form of nucleic acid and carry various chemical modifications and remain within the scope described herein.
  • aptamer may be used in the art to refer to a single oligonucleotide that binds specifically to a target of interest through mechanisms other than Watson crick base pairing, similar to binding of a monoclonal antibody to a particular antigen.
  • the terms aptamer, oligonucleotide and oligonucleotide probe, and variations thereof may be used interchangeably to refer to an oligonucleotide capable of distinguishing biological entities of interest (e.g, tissues, cells, microvesicles, biomarkers) whether or not the specific entity has been identified or whether the precise mode of binding has been determined.
  • An oligonucleotide probe or plurality of such probes described herein can also be used to provide in vitro or in vivo detection or imaging and to provide diagnostic readouts, including for diagnostic, prognostic or theranostic purposes.
  • an oligonucleotide probe described herein can also be used for treatment or as a therapeutic to specifically target a cell, tissue, organ or the like.
  • the invention provides methods to identify oligonucleotide probes that bind to specific tissues, cells, microvesicles or other biological entities of interest, the oligonucleotide probes described herein target such entities and are inherently drug candidates, agents that can be used for targeted drug delivery, or both.
  • phenotype can mean any trait or characteristic that can be identified using in part or in whole the compositions and/or methods described herein.
  • a phenotype can be a diagnostic, prognostic or theranostic determination based on a characterized biomarker profile for a sample obtained from a subject.
  • a phenotype can be any observable characteristic or trait of, such as a disease or condition, a stage of a disease or condition, susceptibility to a disease or condition, prognosis of a disease stage or condition, a physiological state, or response / potential response to therapeutics.
  • a phenotype can result from a subject’s genetic makeup as well as the influence of environmental factors and the interactions between the two, as well as from epigenetic modifications to nucleic acid sequences.
  • a phenotype in a subject can be characterized by obtaining a biological sample from a subject and analyzing the sample using the compositions and/or methods described herein.
  • characterizing a phenotype for a subject or individual can include detecting a disease or condition (including pre-symptomatic early stage detecting), determining a prognosis, diagnosis, or theranosis of a disease or condition, or determining the stage or progression of a disease or condition.
  • Characterizing a phenotype can include identifying appropriate treatments or treatment efficacy for specific diseases, conditions, disease stages and condition stages, predictions and likelihood analysis of disease progression, particularly disease recurrence, metastatic spread or disease relapse.
  • a phenotype can also be a clinically distinct type or subtype of a condition or disease, such as a cancer or tumor.
  • Phenotype determination can also be a determination of a physiological condition, or an assessment of organ distress or organ rejection, such as post-transplantation.
  • the compositions and methods described herein allow assessment of a subject on an individual basis, which can provide benefits of more efficient and economical decisions in treatment.
  • the invention relates to the analysis of tissues, cells, microvesicles, and/or other circulating biomarkers to provide a diagnosis, prognosis, and/or theranosis of a disease or condition.
  • Theranostics includes diagnostic testing that provides the ability to affect therapy or treatment of a disease or disease state.
  • Theranostics testing provides a theranosis in a similar manner that diagnostics or prognostic testing provides a diagnosis or prognosis, respectively.
  • theranostics encompasses any desired form of therapy related testing, including predictive medicine, personalized medicine, precision medicine, integrated medicine, pharmacodiagnostics and Dx/Rx partnering.
  • Treatment related tests can be used to predict and assess drug response in individual subjects, i.e., to provide personalized medicine. Predicting a drug response can be determining whether a subject is a likely responder or a likely non-responder to a candidate therapeutic agent, e.g., before the subject has been exposed or otherwise treated with the treatment. Assessing a drug response can be monitoring a response to a drug, e.g., monitoring the subject’s improvement or lack thereof over a time course after initiating the treatment. Therapy related tests are useful to select a subject for treatment who is particularly likely to benefit from the treatment or to provide an early and objective indication of treatment efficacy in an individual subject. Thus, analysis using the compositions and methods described herein may indicate that treatment should be altered to select a more promising treatment, thereby avoiding the great expense of delaying beneficial treatment and avoiding the financial and morbidity costs of administering an ineffective drug(s).
  • a biosignature can be analyzed in the subject and compared against that of previous subjects that were known to respond or not to a treatment.
  • the biosignature may comprise certain biomarkers or may comprise certain detection agents, such as the oligonucleotide probes as provided herein. If the biosignature in the subject more closely aligns with that of previous subjects that were known to respond to the treatment, the subject can be characterized, or predicted, as a responder to the treatment. Similarly, if the biomarker profile in the subject more closely aligns with that of previous subjects that did not respond to the treatment, the subject can be characterized, or predicted as a non responder to the treatment.
  • the treatment can be for any appropriate disease, disorder or other condition, including without limitation those disclosed herein.
  • the phenotype comprises a medical condition including without limitation a disease or disorder listed in Table 1.
  • the phenotype can comprise detecting the presence of or likelihood of developing a tumor, neoplasm, or cancer, or characterizing the tumor, neoplasm, or cancer (e.g., stage, grade, aggressiveness, likelihood of metastatis or recurrence, etc).
  • a cancer characterized by the compositions and methods described herein can comprise, without limitation, a carcinoma, a sarcoma, a lymphoma or leukemia, a germ cell tumor, a blastoma, or other cancers.
  • Carcinomas include without limitation epithelial neoplasms, squamous cell neoplasms squamous cell carcinoma, basal cell neoplasms basal cell carcinoma, transitional cell papillomas and carcinomas, adenomas and adenocarcinomas (glands), adenoma, adenocarcinoma, linitis plastica insulinoma, glucagonoma, gastrinoma, vipoma, cholangiocarcinoma, hepatocellular carcinoma, adenoid cystic carcinoma, carcinoid tumor of appendix, prolactinoma, oncocytoma, hurthle cell adenoma, renal cell carcinoma, grawitz tumor, multiple endocrine adenomas, endometrioid adenoma, adnexal and skin appendage neoplasms, mucoepidermoid neoplasms, cystic, mucinous and serous
  • Sarcoma includes without limitation Askin's tumor, botryodies, chondrosarcoma, Ewing's sarcoma, malignant hemangio endothelioma, malignant schwannoma, osteosarcoma, soft tissue sarcomas including: alveolar soft part sarcoma, angiosarcoma, cystosarcoma phyllodes, dermatofibrosarcoma, desmoid tumor, desmoplastic small round cell tumor, epithelioid sarcoma, extraskeletal chondrosarcoma, extraskeletal osteosarcoma, fibrosarcoma, hemangiopericytoma, hemangiosarcoma, kaposi's sarcoma, leiomyosarcoma, liposarcoma,
  • lymphangiosarcoma lymphosarcoma, malignant fibrous histiocytoma, neurofibrosarcoma,
  • Lymphoma and leukemia include without limitation chronic lymphocytic leukemia/small lymphocytic lymphoma, B-cell prolymphocytic leukemia,
  • lymphoplasmacytic lymphoma such as Waldenstrom macroglobulinemia
  • splenic marginal zone lymphoma plasma cell myeloma, plasmacytoma, monoclonal immunoglobulin deposition diseases, heavy chain diseases, extranodal marginal zone B cell lymphoma, also called malt lymphoma, nodal marginal zone B cell lymphoma (nmzl), follicular lymphoma, mantle cell lymphoma, diffuse large B cell lymphoma, mediastinal (thymic) large B cell lymphoma, intravascular large B cell lymphoma, primary effusion lymphoma, burkitt lymphoma/leukemia, T cell prolymphocytic leukemia, T cell large granular lymphocytic leukemia, aggressive NK cell leukemia, adult T cell leukemia/lymphoma, extranodal NK/T cell lymphoma, nasal type, enteropathy -type T cell lymphoma, he
  • Germ cell tumors include without limitation germinoma, dysgerminoma, seminoma, nongerminomatous germ cell tumor, embryonal carcinoma, endodermal sinus turmor, choriocarcinoma, teratoma, polyembryoma, and gonadoblastoma.
  • Blastoma includes without limitation nephroblastoma, medulloblastoma, and retinoblastoma.
  • Other cancers include without limitation labial carcinoma, larynx carcinoma, hypopharynx carcinoma, tongue carcinoma, salivary gland carcinoma, gastric carcinoma,
  • adenocarcinoma thyroid cancer (medullary and papillary thyroid carcinoma), renal carcinoma, kidney parenchyma carcinoma, cervix carcinoma, uterine corpus carcinoma, endometrium carcinoma, chorion carcinoma, testis carcinoma, urinary carcinoma, melanoma, brain tumors such as glioblastoma, astrocytoma, meningioma, medulloblastoma and peripheral neuroectodermal tumors, gall bladder carcinoma, bronchial carcinoma, multiple myeloma, basalioma, teratoma, retinoblastoma, choroidea melanoma, seminoma, rhabdomyosarcoma, craniopharyngeoma, osteosarcoma, chondrosarcoma, myosarcoma, liposarcoma, fibrosarcoma, Ewing sarcoma, and plasmocytoma.
  • compositions and methods described herein can be used to characterize these and other diseases and disorders.
  • characterizing a phenotype can be providing a diagnosis, prognosis or theranosis of a medical condition, disease or disorder, including without limitation one of the diseases and disorders disclosed herein.
  • One or more phenotypes of a subject can be determined by analyzing a biological sample obtained from the subject.
  • a subject or patient can include, but is not limited to, mammals such as bovine, avian, canine, equine, feline, ovine, porcine, or primate animals (including humans and non-human primates).
  • a subject can also include a mammal of importance due to being endangered, such as a Siberian tiger; or economic importance, such as an animal raised on a farm for consumption by humans, or an animal of social importance to humans, such as an animal kept as a pet or in a zoo.
  • Examples of such animals include, but are not limited to, carnivores such as cats and dogs; swine including pigs, hogs and wild boars; ruminants or ungulates such as cattle, oxen, sheep, giraffes, deer, goats, bison, camels or horses. Also included are birds that are endangered or kept in zoos, as well as fowl and more particularly domesticated fowl, e.g., poultry, such as turkeys and chickens, ducks, geese, guinea fowl. Also included are domesticated swine and horses (including race horses). In addition, any animal species connected to commercial activities are also included such as those animals connected to agriculture and aquaculture and other activities in which disease monitoring, diagnosis, and therapy selection are routine practice in husbandry for economic productivity and/or safety of the food chain.
  • the subject can have a pre-existing disease or condition, including without limitation cancer.
  • the subject may not have any known pre-existing condition.
  • the subject may also be non- responsive to an existing or past treatment, such as a treatment for cancer.
  • a sample used and/or assessed via the compositions and methods described herein includes any relevant biological sample that can be used to characterize a phenotype of interest, including without limitation sections of tissues such as biopsy or tissue removed during surgical or other procedures, bodily fluids, autopsy samples, frozen sections taken for histological purposes, and cell cultures.
  • samples include blood and blood fractions or products (e.g., serum, bufiy coat, plasma, platelets, red blood cells, and the like), sputum, malignant effusion, cheek cells tissue, cultured cells (e.g., primary cultures, explants, and transformed cells), stool, urine, other biological or bodily fluids (e.g., prostatic fluid, gastric fluid, intestinal fluid, renal fluid, lung fluid, cerebrospinal fluid, and the like), etc.
  • the sample can comprise biological material that is a fresh frozen & formalin fixed paraffin embedded (FFPE) block, formalin -fixed paraffin embedded, or is within an RNA preservative + formalin fixative. More than one sample of more than one type can be used for each patient.
  • FFPE fresh frozen & formalin fixed paraffin embedded
  • the sample used in the methods described herein can be a formalin fixed paraffin embedded (FFPE) sample.
  • the FFPE sample can be one or more of fixed tissue, unstained slides, bone marrow core or clot, core needle biopsy, malignant fluids and fine needle aspirate (FNA).
  • the fixed tissue comprises a tumor containing formalin fixed paraffin embedded (FFPE) block from a surgery or biopsy.
  • the unstained slides comprise unstained, charged, unbaked slides from a paraffin block.
  • bone marrow core or clot comprises a decalcified core.
  • a formalin fixed core and/or clot can be paraffin-embedded.
  • the core needle biopsy comprises 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10 or more, e.g., 3-6, paraffin embedded biopsy samples.
  • An 18 gauge needle biopsy can be used.
  • the malignant fluid can comprise a sufficient volume of fresh pleural/ascitic fluid to produce a 5x5x2mm cell pellet.
  • the fluid can be formalin fixed in a paraffin block.
  • the core needle biopsy comprises 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10 or more, e.g., 4-6, paraffin embedded aspirates.
  • a sample may be processed according to techniques understood by those in the art.
  • a sample can be without limitation fresh, frozen or fixed cells or tissue.
  • a sample comprises formalin-fixed paraffin-embedded (FFPE) tissue, fresh tissue or fresh frozen (FF) tissue.
  • FFPE formalin-fixed paraffin-embedded
  • a sample can comprise cultured cells, including primary or immortalized cell lines derived from a subject sample.
  • a sample can also refer to an extract from a sample from a subject.
  • a sample can comprise DNA, RNA or protein extracted from a tissue or a bodily fluid. Many techniques and commercial kits are available for such purposes.
  • the fresh sample from the individual can be treated with an agent to preserve RNA prior to further processing, e.g., cell lysis and extraction.
  • Samples can include frozen samples collected for other purposes. Samples can be associated with relevant information such as age, gender, and clinical symptoms present in the subject; source of the sample; and methods of collection and storage of the sample.
  • a sample is typically obtained from
  • a biopsy comprises the process of removing a tissue sample for diagnostic or prognostic evaluation, and to the tissue specimen itself.
  • Any biopsy technique known in the art can be applied to the molecular profiling methods of the present invention.
  • the biopsy technique applied can depend on the tissue type to be evaluated (e.g., colon, prostate, kidney, bladder, lymph node, liver, bone marrow, blood cell, lung, breast, etc.), the size and type of the tumor (e.g., solid or suspended, blood or ascites), among other factors.
  • Representative biopsy techniques include, but are not limited to, excisional biopsy, incisional biopsy, needle biopsy, surgical biopsy, and bone marrow biopsy.
  • An“excisional biopsy” refers to the removal of an entire tumor mass with a small margin of normal tissue surrounding it.
  • An“incisional biopsy” refers to the removal of a wedge of tissue that includes a cross-sectional diameter of the tumor.
  • the invention can make use a“core-needle biopsy” of the tumor mass, or a "fine-needle aspiration biopsy” which generally obtains a suspension of cells from within the tumor mass. Biopsy techniques are discussed, for example, in Harrison’s Principles of Internal Medicine, Kasper, et al., eds., 16th ed., 2005, Chapter 70, and throughout Part V.
  • PCR Polymerase chain reaction
  • the biological sample assessed using the compositions and methods described herein can be any useful bodily or biological fluid, including but not limited to peripheral blood, sera, plasma, ascites, urine, cerebrospinal fluid (CSF), sputum, saliva, bone marrow, synovial fluid, aqueous humor, amniotic fluid, cerumen, breast milk, broncheoalveolar lavage fluid, semen (including prostatic fluid), Cowper’s fluid or pre-ejaculatory fluid, female ejaculate, sweat, fecal matter, hair, tears, cyst fluid, pleural and peritoneal fluid, pericardial fluid, lymph, chyme, chyle, bile, interstitial fluid, menses, pus, sebum, vomit, vaginal secretions, mucosal secretion, stool water, pancreatic juice, lavage fluids from sinus cavities, bronchopulmonary aspirates or other lavage fluids, cells, cell culture, or a cell culture supernatant.
  • CSF cerebro
  • a biological sample may also include the blastocyl cavity, umbilical cord blood, or maternal circulation which may be of fetal or maternal origin.
  • the biological sample may also be a cell culture, tissue sample or biopsy from which microvesicles, circulating tumor cells (CTCs), and other circulating biomarkers may be obtained.
  • biomarkers or more particularly biosignatures disclosed herein can be assessed directly from such biological samples (e.g., identification of presence or levels of nucleic acid or polypeptide biomarkers or functional fragments thereof) using various methods, such as extraction of nucleic acid molecules from blood, plasma, serum or any of the foregoing biological samples, use of protein or antibody arrays to identify polypeptide (or functional fragment) biomarker(s), as well as other array, sequencing, PCR and proteomic techniques known in the art for identification and assessment of nucleic acid and polypeptide molecules.
  • one or more components present in such samples can be first isolated or enriched and further processed to assess the presence or levels of selected biomarkers, to assess a given biosignature (e.g., isolated portions of a tissue slide prior to profiling for protein and/or nucleic acid biomarkers).
  • a given biosignature e.g., isolated portions of a tissue slide prior to profiling for protein and/or nucleic acid biomarkers.
  • Table 1 presents a non-limiting listing of diseases, conditions, or biological states and corresponding biological samples that may be used for analysis according to the methods described herein.
  • Table 1 Examples of Biological Samples for Various Diseases,
  • Blood derivatives include fractions such as plasma and serum.
  • Blood plasma is the liquid component of whole blood, and makes up approximately 55% of the total blood volume. It is composed primarily of water with small amounts of minerals, salts, ions, nutrients, and proteins in solution.
  • red blood cells, leukocytes, and platelets are suspended within the plasma.
  • Blood serum refers to blood plasma without fibrinogen or other clotting factors (i.e., whole blood minus both the cells and the clotting factors).
  • the blood sample may comprise circulating tumor cells (CTCs) which can be assessed by the compositions and methods described herein.
  • CTCs circulating tumor cells
  • the biological sample may be obtained through a third party, such as a party not performing the analysis of the sample.
  • the sample may be obtained through a clinician, physician, or other health care manager of a subject from which the sample is derived.
  • the biological sample may obtained by the same party analyzing the sample.
  • biological samples be assayed, are archived (e.g., frozen) or ortherwise stored in under preservative conditions.
  • the aptamers described herein can be used in various methods to assess presence or level of biomarkers in a biological sample, e.g., biological entities of interest such as cells, proteins, and/or nucleic acids.
  • biological entities can be part of larger entities, such as complexes, cells or tissue, or can be circulating in bodily fluids.
  • the aptamers may be used to assess presence or level of the target molecule/s.
  • one or more aptamers described herein are configured in a ligand-target based assay, where one or more aptamer described herein is contacted with a selected biological sample, where the or more aptamer associates with or binds to its target molecules.
  • Aptamers described herein are used to identify biosignatures based on the biological samples assessed and biomarkers detected.
  • aptamer or oligonucleotide probes, or libraries thereof may themselves provide a biosignature for a particular condition or disease.
  • a biosignature refers to a profile of a biological sample comprising a presence, level or other characteristic that can be assessed (including without limitation a sequence, mutation, rearrangement, translocation, deletion, epigenetic modification, methylation, post-translational modification, allele, activity, complex partners, stability, half life, and the like) of one or more biomarker of interest.
  • Biosignatures can be used to evaluate diagnostic and/or prognostic criteria such as presence of disease, disease staging, disease monitoring, disease stratification, or surveillance for detection, metastasis or recurrence or progression of disease.
  • methods described herein using aptamers against tissue are useful for correlating a biosignature comprising tissue antigens to a selected condition or disease.
  • a biosignature can also be used clinically in making decisions concerning treatment modalities including therapeutic intervention.
  • a biosignature can further be used clinically to make treatment decisions, including whether to perform surgery or what treatment standards should be used along with surgery (e.g., either pre-surgery or post-surgery).
  • a biosignature of circulating biomarkers or biomarkers displayed on fixed tissue may indicate an aggressive form of cancer and may call for a more aggressive surgical procedure and/or more aggressive therapeutic regimen to treat the patient.
  • Characterizing a phenotype may comprise comparing a biosignature to a reference. For example, the level of a biomarker in a diseased state may be elevated or reduced as compared to a reference control without the disease, or with a different state of the disease.
  • An oligonucleotide probe library disclosed herein may be engineered to detect a certain phenotype and not another phenotype. As a non-limiting example, the oligonucleotide probe library may stain a cancer tissue using an immunoassay but not a non-cancer reference tissue.
  • the oligonucleotide probe library may stain a cancer tissue using an immunoassay at a detectable higher level than a non-cancer reference tissue.
  • an immunoassay at a detectable higher level than cancer tissue as well.
  • a biosignature can be used in any methods disclosed herein, e.g., to assess whether a subject is afflicted with disease, is at risk for developing disease or to assess the stage or progression of the disease.
  • a biosignature can be used to assess whether a subject has prostate cancer, colon cancer, or other cancer as described herein. See, e.g., section labeled“Phenotypes.”
  • a biosignature can be used to determine a stage of a disease or condition, such as cancer.
  • a biosignature for characterizing a phenotype may comprise any number of useful criteria.
  • the term“phenotype” as used herein can mean any trait or characteristic that is attributed to a biosignature / biomarker profde.
  • a phenotype can be detected or identified in part or in whole using the compositions and/or methods described herein.
  • at least one criterion is used for each biomarker.
  • at least 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 15, 20, 30, 40, 50, 60, 70, 80, 90, or at least 100 criteria are used.
  • a number of different criteria can be used when the subject is diagnosed with a cancer: 1) if the amount of a biomarker in a sample from a subject is higher than a reference value; 2) if the amount of a biomarker within specific cell types is higher than a reference value; or 3) if the amount of a biomarker within a cell, tissue or microvesicle with one or more cancer specific biomarkers is higher than a reference value. Similar rules can apply if the amount of the biomarkers is less than or the same as the reference.
  • the method can further include a quality control measure, such that the results are provided for the subject if the samples meet the quality control measure. In some embodiments, if the criteria are met but the quality control is questionable, the subject is reassessed.
  • a biosignature can be used in therapy related diagnostics to provide tests useful to diagnose a disease or choose the correct treatment regimen, such as provide a theranosis.
  • Theranostics includes diagnostic testing that provides the ability to affect therapy or treatment of a diseased state.
  • Theranostics testing provides a theranosis in a similar manner that diagnostics or prognostic testing provides a diagnosis or prognosis, respectively.
  • theranostics encompasses any desired form of therapy related testing, including predictive medicine, personalized medicine, integrated medicine, pharmacodiagnostics and Dx/Rx partnering. Therapy related tests can be used to predict and assess drug response in individual subjects, i.e., to provide personalized medicine.
  • Predicting a drug response can be determining whether a subject is a likely responder or a likely non-responder to a candidate therapeutic agent, e.g., before the subject has been exposed or otherwise treated with the treatment. Assessing a drug response can be monitoring a response to a drug, e.g., monitoring the subject’s improvement or lack thereof over a time course after initiating the treatment. Therapy related tests are useful to select a subject for treatment who is particularly likely to benefit from the treatment or to provide an early and objective indication of treatment efficacy in an individual subject. Thus, a biosignature as disclosed herein may indicate that treatment should be altered to select a more promising treatment, thereby avoiding the great expense of delaying beneficial treatment and avoiding the financial and morbidity costs of administering an ineffective drug(s).
  • compositions and methods described herein can be used to identify or detect a biosignature associated with a variety of diseases and disorders, which include, but are not limited to cardiovascular disease, cancer, infectious diseases, sepsis, neurological diseases, central nervous system related diseases, endovascular related diseases, and autoimmune related diseases.
  • Therapy related diagnostics also aid in the prediction of drug toxicity, drug resistance or drug response.
  • Therapy related tests may be developed in any suitable diagnostic testing format, which include, but are not limited to, e.g., immunohistochemical tests, clinical chemistry, immunoassay, cell-based technologies, nucleic acid tests or body imaging methods. Therapy related tests can further include but are not limited to, testing that aids in the determination of therapy, testing that monitors for therapeutic toxicity, or response to therapy testing.
  • a biosignature can be used to predict or monitor a subject’s response to a treatment.
  • a biosignature can be determined at different time points for a subject after initiating, removing, or altering a particular treatment.
  • compositions and methods described herein provide for a
  • a subject determines whether a subject is responding to a treatment is made based on a change in the amount of one or more components of a biosignature (e.g., biomarkers of interest), an amount of one or more components of a particular biosignature, or the biosignature detected for the components.
  • a subject is monitored by determining a biosignature at different time points. The progression, regression, or recurrence of a condition is determined. Response to therapy can also be measured over a time course.
  • a method is provided herein of monitoring a status of a disease or other medical condition in a subject, comprising isolating or detecting a biosignature from a biological sample from the subject, detecting the overall amount of the components of a particular biosignature, or detecting the biosignature of one or more components (such as the presence, absence, or expression level of a biomarker).
  • the biosignatures are used to monitor the status of the disease or condition.
  • One or more biosignatures can also be identified by the compositions and methods described herein.
  • one or more aptamer pools can be identified that preferentially bind a sample from a subject that responds to a drug treatment or treatment regimen and compared to a reference, such as another subject that does not respond to the drug treatment or treatment regimen. Differences between the biosignatures can be determined and used to identify other subjects as responders or non-responders to a particular drug or treatment regimen.
  • a biosignature is used to determine whether a particular disease or condition is resistant to a drug, in which case a physician need not waste valuable time with such drug treatment.
  • a biosignature is determined for a sample obtained from a subject. The biosignature is used to assess whether the particular subject’s disease has the biomarker associated with drug resistance. Such a determination enables doctors to devote critical time as well as the patient’s financial resources to effective treatments.
  • Biosignatures can be used in the theranosis of diseases such as cancer, e.g., identifying whether a subject suffering from a disease is a likely responder or non-responder to a particular treatment.
  • the subject methods can be used to theranose cancers including without limitation those listed herein, e.g., in the“Phenotypes” section herein.
  • lung cancer non-small cell lung cancer small cell lung cancer (including small cell carcinoma (oat cell cancer), mixed small cell/large cell carcinoma, and combined small cell carcinoma), colon cancer, breast cancer, prostate cancer, liver cancer, pancreatic cancer, brain cancer, kidney cancer, ovarian cancer, stomach cancer, melanoma, bone cancer, gastric cancer, breast cancer, glioma, glioblastoma, hepatocellular carcinoma, papillary renal carcinoma, head and neck squamous cell carcinoma, leukemia, lymphoma, myeloma, or other solid tumors.
  • lung cancer non-small cell lung cancer small cell lung cancer (including small cell carcinoma (oat cell cancer), mixed small cell/large cell carcinoma, and combined small cell carcinoma)
  • colon cancer breast cancer, prostate cancer, liver cancer, pancreatic cancer, brain cancer, kidney cancer, ovarian cancer, stomach cancer, melanoma, bone cancer, gastric cancer, breast cancer, glioma, glioblastoma, hepatocellular carcinoma, papillar
  • a biosignature of circulating biomarkers including markers associated with a component present in a biological sample (e.g., cell, CTC, cell-fragment, cell-derived microvesicle), in a sample from a subject suffering from a cancer can be used select a candidate treatment for the subject.
  • the biosignature can be determined according to the compositions and methods described herein presented herein.
  • the candidate treatment comprises a standard of care for the cancer.
  • the treatment can be a cancer treatment such as radiation, surgery, chemotherapy or a combination thereof.
  • the cancer treatment can be a therapeutic such as anti-cancer agents and chemotherapeutic regimens. Further drug associations and rules that are used in embodiments described herein are found in PCT/US2007/69286, filed May 18, 2007; PCT/US2009/60630, filed October 14, 2009; PCT/ 2010/000407, filed February 11, 2010;
  • the aptamers and aptamer pools provided herein can be used in assays to detect the presence or level of one or more biomarker of interest.
  • the biomarker can be any useful biomarker including those disclosed herein or in the literature, or to be discovered.
  • the biomarker comprises a protein or polypeptide.
  • “protein,”“polypeptide” and“peptide” are used interchangeably unless stated otherwise.
  • the biomarker can be a nucleic acid, including DNA, RNA, and various subspecies of any thereof as disclosed herein or known in the art.
  • the biomarker can comprise a lipid.
  • the biomarker can comprise a carbohydrate.
  • the biomarker can also be a complex, e.g., a complex comprising protein, nucleic acids, lipids and/or carbohydrates.
  • the biomarker comprises a microvesicle.
  • a method is provided wherein a pool of aptamers is used to assess a sample without necessarily knowing the precise antigen targeted by each member of the pool. See, e.g., FIGs. 8B-C.
  • known biomarkers can be specifically assessed according to the methods described herein. See, e.g., FIG. 8A.
  • the oligonucleotide pools described herein can be used to assess cells and tissue whether or not the target biomarkers of the individual oligonucleotide aptamers are known.
  • the targets of such oligonucleotide aptamer pools and members thereof can also be determined. See, e.g., Examples 1, 9-11, and 14-17 herein.
  • a biosignature may comprise one type of biomarker or multiple types of biomarkers.
  • a biosignature can comprise multiple proteins, multiple nucleic acids, multiple lipids, multiple carbohydrates, multiple biomarker complexes, multiple microvesicles, or a combination of any thereof.
  • the biosignature may comprise one or more protein and one or more nucleic acid.
  • the biosignature may be an oligonucleotide pool signature, and the members of the oligonucleotide pool can associate with various biomarker or multiple types of biomarkers.
  • compositions and methods described herein can be used to assess any useful biomarkers in a biological sample for charactering a phenotype associated with the sample.
  • biomarkers include all sorts of biological entities such as proteins, nucleic acids, lipids, carbohydrates, complexes of any thereof, and microvesicles.
  • the aptamers described herein can be used to provide a biosignature in tissue or bodily fluids, e.g., by assessing various biomarkers therein. See, e.g., FIGs. 8B-C.
  • the aptamers described herein can also be used to assess levels or presence of their specific target molecule. See, e.g., FIG. 8A.
  • aptamers described herein are used to capture or isolated a component present in a biological sample that has the aptamer’s target molecule present.
  • a binding agent to the biomarker including without limitation an aptamer provided herein, may be used to capture or isolate the cell, cell fragment or cell- derived extracellular vesicles. See, e.g., FIG. 8A.
  • Such captured or isolated entities may be further characterized to assess additional surface antigens or internal“payload” molecules, e.g., nucleic acid molecules, lipids, sugars, polypeptides or functional fragments thereof, or anything else present in the cellular milieu that may be used as a biomarker. Therefore, aptamers described herein are used not only to assess one or more surface antigen of interest but are also used to separate a component present in a biological sample, where the components themselves can be comprised within the biosignature.
  • additional surface antigens or internal“payload” molecules e.g., nucleic acid molecules, lipids, sugars, polypeptides or functional fragments thereof, or anything else present in the cellular milieu that may be used as a biomarker. Therefore, aptamers described herein are used not only to assess one or more surface antigen of interest but are also used to separate a component present in a biological sample, where the components themselves can be comprised within the biosignature.
  • the methods described herein can comprise multiplex analysis of at least 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10,
  • an oligonucleotide pool may contain any number of individual aptamers that can target different biomarkers.
  • an assay can be performed with a plurality of particles that are differentially labeled. There can be at least 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11,
  • differentially labeled particles The particles may be externally labeled, such as with a tag, or they may be intrinsically labeled.
  • Each differentially labeled particle can be coupled to a capture agent, such as a antibody or aptamer, and can be used to capture its target.
  • a capture agent such as a antibody or aptamer
  • One or more captured biomarkers can be detected by a plurality of binding agents.
  • the binding agent can be directly labeled to facilitate detection.
  • the binding agent is labeled by a secondary agent.
  • the binding agent may be an antibody or aptamer for a biomarker, wherein the binding agent is linked to biotin.
  • a secondary agent comprises streptavidin linked to a reporter and can be added to detect the biomarker.
  • multiple detectors i.e., detection of multiple biomarkers of a tissue of interest increase the signal obtained, permitted increased sensitivity, specificity, or both, and potentially the use of smaller amounts of samples.
  • An immunoassay based method can be used to detect a biomarker of interest.
  • An example includes ELISA.
  • a binding agent can be bound to a well.
  • a binding agent such as an aptamer or antibody to biomarker of interest can be attached to a well.
  • a captured biomarker can be detected based on the methods described herein.
  • FIG. 8A shows an illustrative schematic for a sandwich-type of immunoassay.
  • the capture agent can be against a cellular antigen of interest.
  • the captured entities are detected, e.g., using fluorescently labeled binding agent (detection agent) against antigens of interest.
  • capture binding agents can be used, e.g., in distinguishable addresses on an array or different wells of an immunoassay plate.
  • the detection binding agents can be against the same antigen as the capture binding agent, or can be directed against other markers.
  • the capture binding agent can be any useful binding agent, e.g., tethered aptamers, antibodies or lectins, and/or the detector antibodies can be similarly substituted, e.g., with detectable (e.g., labeled) aptamers, antibodies, lectins or other binding proteins or entities.
  • PCT/US 13/76611 fded December 19, 2013; PCT/US 14/53306, fded August 28, 2014; PCT/US 15/62184, fded November 23, 2015; PCT/US 16/40157, fded June 29, 2016; PCT/US 16/44595, fded July 28, 2016; and PCT/US16/21632, fded March 9, 2016; each of which applications is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety.
  • Techniques of detecting biomarkers or capturing sample components using an aptamer described herein include the use of a planar substrate such as an array (e.g., biochip or microarray), with molecules immobilized to the substrate as capture agents that facilitate the detection of a particular biosignature.
  • the array can be provided as part of a kit for assaying one or more biomarkers.
  • Aptamers described herein can be included in an array for detection and diagnosis of diseases including pre symptomatic diseases.
  • an array comprises a custom array comprising biomolecules selected to specifically identify biomarkers of interest.
  • Customized arrays can be modified to detect biomarkers that increase statistical performance, e.g., additional biomolecules that identifies a biosignature which lead to improved cross-validated error rates in multivariate prediction models (e.g., logistic regression, discriminant analysis, or regression tree models).
  • nucleic acids extracted from samples from a subject with or without a disease can be hybridized to a high density microarray that binds to thousands of gene sequences. Nucleic acids whose levels are significantly different between the samples with or without the disease can be selected as biomarkers to distinguish samples as having the disease or not.
  • a customized array can be constructed to detect the selected biomarkers.
  • customized arrays comprise low density microarrays, which refer to arrays with lower number of addressable binding agents, e.g., tens or hundreds instead of thousands. Low density arrays can be formed on a substrate.
  • customizable low density arrays use PCR amplification in plate wells, e.g., TaqMan® Gene Expression Assays (Applied Biosystems by Life Technologies Corporation, Carlsbad, CA).
  • An aptamer described herein or other useful binding agent may be linked directly or indirectly to a solid surface or substrate.
  • a solid surface or substrate can be any physically separable solid to which a binding agent can be directly or indirectly attached including, but not limited to, surfaces provided by microarrays and wells, particles such as beads, columns, optical fibers, wipes, glass and modified or functionalized glass, quartz, mica, diazotized membranes (paper or nylon), polyformaldehyde, cellulose, cellulose acetate, paper, ceramics, metals, metalloids, semiconductive materials, quantum dots, coated beads or particles, other chromatographic materials, magnetic particles; plastics (including acrylics, polystyrene, copolymers of styrene or other materials, polypropylene, polyethylene, polybutylene, polyurethanes, Teflon material, etc.), polysaccharides, nylon or nitrocellulose, resins, silica or silica-based materials including silicon and modified silicon, carbon, metals, in
  • the substrate may be coated using passive or chemically -derivatized coatings with any number of materials, including polymers, such as dextrans, acrylamides, gelatins or agarose. Such coatings can facilitate the use of the array with a biological sample.
  • An aptamer or other useful binding agent can be conjugated to a detectable entity or label.
  • Appropriate labels include without limitation a magnetic label, a fluorescent moiety, an enzyme, a chemiluminescent probe, a metal particle, a non-metal colloidal particle, a polymeric dye particle, a pigment molecule, a pigment particle, an electrochemically active species, semiconductor nanocrystal or other nanoparticles including quantum dots or gold particles, fluorophores, quantum dots, or radioactive labels.
  • Protein labels include green fluorescent protein (GFP) and variants thereof (e.g., cyan fluorescent protein and yellow fluorescent protein); and luminescent proteins such as luciferase, as described below.
  • Radioactive labels include without limitation radioisotopes (radionuclides), such as 3 H, n C, 14 C, 18 F, 32 P, 35 S, 64 Cu, 68 Ga, 86 Y, "Tc, m In, 123 I, 124 I, 125 I, 131 I, 133 Xe, 177 Lu, 211 At, or 213 Bi.
  • radioisotopes radioisotopes (radionuclides), such as 3 H, n C, 14 C, 18 F, 32 P, 35 S, 64 Cu, 68 Ga, 86 Y, "Tc, m In, 123 I, 124 I, 125 I, 131 I, 133 Xe, 177 Lu, 211 At, or 213 Bi.
  • Fluorescent labels include without limitation a rare earth chelate (e.g., europium chelate), rhodamine; fluorescein types including without limitation FITC, 5-carboxyfluorescein, 6-carboxy fluorescein; a rhodamine type including without limitation TAMRA; dansyl; Lissamine; cyanines; phycoerythrins; Texas Red; Cy3, Cy5, dapoxyl, NBD, Cascade Yellow, dansyl, PyMPO, pyrene, 7-diethylaminocoumarin-3-carboxylic acid and other coumarin derivatives, Marina BlueTM, Pacific BlueTM, Cascade BlueTM, 2-anthracenesulfonyl, PyMPO, 3,4,9, 10- perylene-tetracarboxylic acid, 2,7-difluorofluorescein (Oregon GreenTM 488-X), 5-carboxyfluorescein, Texas RedTM-X, Alexa Fluor 430, 5-car
  • the fluorescent label can be one or more of FAM, dRHO, 5-FAM, 6FAM, dR6G, JOE, HEX, VIC, TET, dTAMRA, TAMRA, NED, dROX, PET, BHQ, Gold540 and LIZ.
  • an aptamer can be directly or indirectly labeled.
  • the label is attached to the aptamer through biotin-streptavidin/avidin chemistry.
  • biotin-streptavidin/avidin chemistry For example, synthesize a biotinylated aptamer, which is then capable of binding a streptavidin molecule that is itself conjugated to a detectable label; non-limiting example is streptavidin, phycoerythrin conjugated (SAPE)).
  • Methods for chemical coupling using multiple step procedures include biotinylation, coupling of trinitrophenol (TNP) or digoxigenin using for example succinimide esters of these compounds.
  • Biotinylation can be accomplished by, for example, the use of D-biotinyl-N-hydroxysuccinimide.
  • Succinimide groups react effectively with amino groups at pH values above 7, and preferentially between about pH 8.0 and about pH 8.5.
  • the labeling may comprise a secondary labeling system.
  • the aptamer can be conjugated to biotin or digoxigenin.
  • Target bound aptamer can be detected using streptavidin/avidin or anti-digoxigenin antibodies, respectively.
  • enzyme-substrate labels may also be used in conjunction with a composition or method described herein.
  • Such enzyme-substrate labels are available commercially (e.g., U.S. Pat. No. 4,275,149).
  • the enzyme generally catalyzes a chemical alteration of a chromogenic substrate that can be measured using various techniques. For example, the enzyme may catalyze a color change in a substrate, which can be measured spectrophotometrically. Alternatively, the enzyme may alter the fluorescence or
  • enzymatic labels include luciferases (e.g., firefly luciferase and bacterial luciferase; U.S. Pat. No. 4,737,456), luciferin, 2,3-dihydrophthalazinediones, malate dehydrogenase, urease, peroxidase such as horseradish peroxidase (HRP), alkaline phosphatase (AP), b-galactosidase, glucoamylase, lysozyme, saccharide oxidases (e.g., glucose oxidase, galactose oxidase, and glucose-6-phosphate dehydrogenase), heterocyclic oxidases (such as uricase and xanthine oxidase), lactoperoxidase, microperoxidase, and the like.
  • luciferases e.g., firefly luciferase and bacterial luci
  • enzyme-substrate combinations include, but are not limited to, horseradish peroxidase (HRP) with hydrogen peroxidase as a substrate, wherein the hydrogen peroxidase oxidizes a dye precursor (e.g., orthophenylene diamine (OPD) or 3,3',5,5'-tetramethylbenzidine hydrochloride (TMB)); alkaline phosphatase (AP) with para-nitrophenyl phosphate as chromogenic substrate; and b-D-galactosidase (b-D-Gal) with a chromogenic substrate (e.g., p-nitrophenyl- b-D-galactosidase) or fluorogenic substrate 4-methylumbelliferyl ⁇ -D-galactosidase.
  • HRP horseradish peroxidase
  • OPD orthophenylene diamine
  • TMB 3,3',5,5'-tetramethylbenzidine hydrochloride
  • AP alkaline
  • Aptamer(s) can be linked to a substrate such as a planar substrate.
  • a planar array generally contains addressable locations (e.g., pads, addresses, or micro-locations) of biomolecules in an array format. The size of the array will depend on the composition and end use of the array. Arrays can be made containing from 2 different molecules to many thousands. Generally, the array comprises from two to as many as 100,000 or more molecules, depending on the end use of the array and the method of manufacture.
  • a microarray for use with the compositions and methods described herein comprises at least one biomolecule that identifies or captures a biomarker present in a biosignature of interest, e.g., a cell, microRNA or other biomolecule or vesicle that makes up the biosignature.
  • a biosignature of interest e.g., a cell, microRNA or other biomolecule or vesicle that makes up the biosignature.
  • multiple substrates are used, either of different or identical compositions. Accordingly, planar arrays may comprise a plurality of smaller substrates.
  • compositions and methods described herein can make use of many types of arrays for detecting a biomarker, e.g., a biomarker associated with a biosignature of interest.
  • Useful arrays or microarrays include without limitation DNA microarrays, such as cDNA microarrays, oligonucleotide microarrays and SNP microarrays, microRNA arrays, protein microarrays, antibody microarrays, tissue microarrays, cellular microarrays (also called transfection microarrays), chemical compound microarrays, and carbohydrate arrays (gly coarrays). These arrays are described in more detail above.
  • microarrays comprise biochips that provide high-density immobilized arrays of recognition molecules (e.g., aptamers or antibodies), where biomarker binding is monitored indirectly (e.g., via fluorescence).
  • An array or microarray that can be used to detect a biosignature comprising one or more aptamers described herein can be made according to the methods described in U.S. Pat. Nos. 6,329,209; 6,365,418; 6,406,921; 6,475,808; and 6,475,809, and U.S. Patent Application Ser. No. 10/884,269, each of which is herein incorporated by reference in its entirety. Custom arrays to detect specific can be made using the methods described in these patents.
  • microarrays can also be used to carry out the methods described herein, including without limitation those from Asymetrix (Santa Clara, CA), Illumina (San Diego, CA), Agilent (Santa Clara, CA), Exiqon (Denmark), or Invitrogen (Carlsbad, CA).
  • Custom and/or commercial arrays include arrays for detection proteins, nucleic acids, and other biological molecules and entities (e.g., cells, vesicles, virii) as described herein.
  • multiple capture molecules are disposed on an array, e.g., proteins, peptides or additional nucleic acid molecules.
  • the proteins are immobilized using methods and materials that minimize the denaturing of the proteins, that minimize alterations in the activity of the proteins, or that minimize interactions between the protein and the surface on which they are immobilized.
  • the capture molecules can comprise one or more aptamer described herein.
  • an array is constructed for the hybridization of a pool of aptamers. The array can then be used to identify pool members that bind a sample, thereby facilitating characterization of a phenotype. See FIGs. 8B-8C and related disclosure for further details.
  • Array surfaces useful may be of any desired shape, form, or size.
  • Non-limiting examples of surfaces include chips, continuous surfaces, curved surfaces, flexible surfaces, fdms, plates, sheets, or tubes. Surfaces can have areas ranging from approximately a square micron to approximately 500 cm 2 .
  • the area, length, and width of surfaces may be varied according to the requirements of the assay to be performed. Considerations may include, for example, ease of handling, limitations of the material(s) of which the surface is formed, requirements of detection systems, requirements of deposition systems (e.g., arrayers), or the like.
  • arrays are situated within microwell plates having any number of wells.
  • the bottoms of the wells may serve as surfaces for the formation of arrays, or arrays may be formed on other surfaces and then placed into wells.
  • binding islands may be formed or molecules may be immobilized on a surface and a gasket having holes spatially arranged so that they correspond to the islands or biomolecules may be placed on the surface.
  • a gasket is preferably liquid tight. A gasket may be placed on a surface at any time during the process of making the array and may be removed if separation of groups or arrays is no longer desired.
  • the immobilized molecules can bind to one or more biomarkers present in a biological sample contacting the immobilized molecules. Contacting the sample typically comprises overlaying the sample upon the array.
  • Modifications or binding of molecules in solution or immobilized on an array can be detected using detection techniques known in the art.
  • detection techniques include immunological techniques such as competitive binding assays and sandwich assays; fluorescence detection using instruments such as confocal scanners, confocal microscopes, or CCD-based systems and techniques such as fluorescence, fluorescence polarization (FP), fluorescence resonant energy transfer (FRET), total internal reflection fluorescence (TIRF), fluorescence correlation spectroscopy (FCS);
  • Microarray technology can be combined with mass spectroscopy (MS) analysis and other tools.
  • Electrospray interface to a mass spectrometer can be integrated with a capillary in a microfluidics device.
  • eTag reporters that are fluorescent labels with unique and well-defined electrophoretic mobilities; each label is coupled to biological or chemical probes via cleavable linkages.
  • the distinct mobility address of each eTag reporter allows mixtures of these tags to be rapidly deconvoluted and quantitated by capillary electrophoresis.
  • This system allows concurrent gene expression, protein expression, and protein function analyses from the same sample Jain KK: Integrative Omics, Pharmacoproteomics, and Human Body Fluids. In : Thongboonkerd V, ed., ed.
  • a biochip can include components for a microfluidic or nanofluidic assay.
  • a microfluidic device can be used for isolating or analyzing biomarkers, such as determining a biosignature.
  • Microfluidic systems allow for the miniaturization and compartmentalization of one or more processes for detecting a biosignature, and other processes.
  • the microfluidic devices can use one or more detection reagents in at least one aspect of the system, and such a detection reagent can be used to detect one or more biomarkers.
  • Various probes, antibodies, proteins, or other binding agents can be used to detect a biomarker within the microfluidic system.
  • the detection agents e.g., oligonucleotide probes described herein, may be immobilized in different compartments of the microfluidic device or be entered into a hybridization or detection reaction through various channels of the device.
  • Nanofabrication techniques are opening up the possibilities for biosensing applications that rely on fabrication of high-density, precision arrays, e.g., nucleotide-based chips and protein arrays otherwise known as heterogeneous nanoarrays.
  • Nanofluidics allows a further reduction in the quantity of fluid analyte in a microchip to nanoliter levels, and the chips used here are referred to as nanochips. See, e.g., Unger Met al, Biotechniques 1999; 27(5): 1008-14, Kartalov EP et al, Biotechniques 2006; 40(l):85-90, each of which are herein incorporated by reference in their entireties.
  • Nanochips currently provide simple one step assays such as total cholesterol, total protein or glucose assays that can be run by combining sample and reagents, mixing and monitoring of the reaction.
  • Gel-free analytical approaches based on liquid chromatography (LC) and nanoLC separations ( Cutillas et al. Proteomics, 2005;5:101-112 and Cutillas et al., Mol Cell Proteomics 2005;4:1038-1051, each of which is herein incorporated by reference in its entirety) can be used in combination with the nanochips.
  • kits can include, an aptamer described herein, including as non-limiting examples, one or more reagents useful for preparing molecules for immobilization onto binding islands or areas of an array, reagents useful for detecting binding of biomarkers to immobilized molecules, e.g., aptamers, and instructions for use.
  • a rapid detection device that facilitates the detection of a particular biosignature in a biological sample.
  • the device can integrate biological sample preparation with polymerase chain reaction (PCR) on a chip.
  • PCR polymerase chain reaction
  • the device can facilitate the detection of a particular biosignature of a vesicle in a biological sample, and an example is provided as described in Pipper et al., Angewandte Chemie, 47(21), p. 3900-3904 (2008), which is herein incorporated by reference in its entirety.
  • a biosignature can be incorporated using micro-/nano-electrochemical system (MEMS/NEMS) sensors and oral fluid for diagnostic applications as described in Li et al., Adv Dent Res 18(1): 3-5 (2005), which is herein incorporated by reference in its entirety.
  • MEMS/NEMS micro-/nano-electrochemical system
  • assays using particles are also capable of use with an aptamer described herein.
  • Aptamers are easily conjugated with commercially available beads. See, e.g., Srinivas et al. Anal. Chem. 2011 Oct. 21, Aptamer functionalized Microgel Particles for Protein Detection ; See also, review article on aptamers as therapeutic and diagnostic agents, Brody and Gold, Rev. Mol. Biotech. 2000, 74:5-13.
  • Multiparametric assays or other high throughput detection assays using bead coatings with cognate ligands and reporter molecules with specific activities consistent with high sensitivity automation can be used.
  • a binding agent such as an antibody or aptamer can be immobilized on an addressable microsphere.
  • Each binding agent for each individual binding assay can be coupled to a distinct type of microsphere (i.e., microbead) and the assay reaction takes place on the surface of the microsphere, such as depicted in FIG. IB.
  • a binding agent for a cell or microvesicle can be a capture antibody or aptamer coupled to a bead.
  • Dyed microspheres with discrete fluorescence intensities are loaded separately with their appropriate binding agent or capture probes.
  • the different bead sets carrying different binding agents can be pooled as desired to generate custom bead arrays. Bead arrays are then incubated with the sample in a single reaction vessel to perform the assay.
  • Bead-based assays can be used with one or more aptamers described herein.
  • a bead substrate can provide a platform for attaching one or more binding agents, including aptamer(s).
  • multiple different bead sets e.g., Illumina, Luminex
  • multiple different bead sets can have different binding agents (specific to different target molecules).
  • a bead can be conjugated to an aptamer described herein and used to detect the presence (quantitatively or qualitatively) of an antigen of interest, or it can also be used to isolate a component present in a selected biological sample (e.g., cell, cell-fragment or vesicle comprising the target molecule to which the aptamer is configured to bind or associate). Any molecule of organic origin can be successfully conjugated to a polystyrene bead through use of commercially available kits.
  • One or more aptamers described herein can be used with any bead based substrate, including but not limited to magnetic capture method, fluorescence activated cell sorting (FACS) or laser cytometry.
  • Magnetic capture methods can include, but are not limited to, the use of magnetically activated cell sorter (MACS) microbeads or magnetic columns.
  • MCS magnetically activated cell sorter
  • bead or particle based methods that can be modified to use an aptamer described herein include methods and bead systems described in U.S. Patent Nos. 4,551,435, 4,795,698, 4,925,788, 5,108,933, 5,186,827, 5,200,084 or 5,158,871; 7,399,632;
  • Isolation or detection of circulating biomarkers e.g., protein antigens, from a biological sample, or of the biomarker-comprising cells, cell fragments or vesicles may also be achieved using an aptamer described herein in a cytometry process.
  • aptamers described herein can be used in an assay comprising using a particle such as a bead or microsphere.
  • the aptamers described herein provide binding agents which may be conjugated to the particle.
  • Flow cytometry can be used for sorting microscopic particles suspended in a stream of fluid. As particles pass through they can be selectively charged and on their exit can be deflected into separate paths of flow.
  • Flow cytometry allows simultaneous multiparametric analysis of the physical and/or chemical characteristics of single cells flowing through an optical/electronic detection apparatus.
  • a beam of light, usually laser light, of a single frequency (color) is directed onto a hydrodynamically focused stream of fluid.
  • a number of detectors are aimed at the point where the stream passes through the light beam; one in line with the light beam (Forward Scatter or FSC) and several perpendicular to it (Side Scatter or SSC) and one or more fluorescent detectors.
  • Each suspended particle passing through the beam scatters the light in some way, and fluorescent chemicals in the particle may be excited into emitting light at a lower frequency than the light source.
  • This combination of scattered and fluorescent light is picked up by the detectors, and by analyzing fluctuations in brightness at each detector (one for each fluorescent emission peak), it is possible to deduce various facts about the physical and chemical structure of each individual particle.
  • FSC correlates with the cell size and SSC depends on the inner complexity of the particle, such as shape of the nucleus, the amount and type of cytoplasmic granules or the membrane roughness.
  • Flow cytometers can analyze several thousand particles every second in "real time” and can actively separate out and isolate particles having specified properties. They offer high-throughput automated quantification, and separation, of the set parameters for a high number of single cells during each analysis session.
  • Flow cytometers can have multiple lasers and fluorescence detectors, allowing multiple labels to be used to more precisely specify a target population by their phenotype.
  • a flow cytometer such as a multicolor flow cytometer, can be used to detect targets of interest using multiple fluorescent labels or colors.
  • the flow cytometer can also sort or isolate different targets of interest, such as by size or by different markers.
  • the flow cytometer may have one or more lasers, such as 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10 or more lasers.
  • the flow cytometer can detect more than one color or fluorescent label, such as at least 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, or 20 different colors or fluorescent labels.
  • the flow cytometer can have at least 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16,
  • Examples of commercially available flow cytometers include, but are not limited to .the MoFloTM XDP Cell Sorter (Beckman Coulter, Brea, CA), MoFloTM Legacy Cell Sorter (Beckman Coulter, Brea, CA), BD FACSAriaTM Cell Sorter (BD Biosciences, San Jose, CA), BDTM LSRII (BD Biosciences, San Jose, CA), and BD FACSCaliburTM (BD Biosciences, San Jose, CA).
  • Use of multicolor or multi-fluor cytometers can be used in multiplex analysis.
  • the flow cytometer can sort, and thereby collect or sort more than one population of cells, microvesicles, or particles, based one or more characteristics.
  • two populations differ in size, such that the populations have a similar size range can be differentially detected or sorted.
  • two different populations are differentially labeled.
  • the data resulting from flow-cytometers can be plotted in 1 dimension to produce histograms or seen in 2 dimensions as dot plots or in 3 dimensions with newer software.
  • the regions on these plots can be sequentially separated by a series of subset extractions which are termed gates.
  • Specific gating protocols exist for diagnostic and clinical purposes especially in relation to hematology.
  • the plots are often made on logarithmic scales. Because different fluorescent dye's emission spectra overlap, signals at the detectors have to be compensated electronically as well as computationally.
  • Fluorophores for labeling biomarkers may include those described in Ormerod, Flow Cytometry 2nd ed, Springer-Verlag, New York (1999), and in Nida et al., Gynecologic Oncology 2005 ;4 889-894 which is incorporated herein by reference.
  • a multiplexed assay including but not limited to a flow cytometry assay, one or more different target molecules can be assessed using an aptamer described herein.
  • One or more aptamer described herein can be disposed on any useful planar or bead substrate.
  • one or more aptamer described herein is disposed on a microfluidic device, thereby facilitating assessing, characterizing or isolating a component of a biological sample comprising a polypeptide antigen of interest or a functional fragment thereof.
  • the circulating antigen or a cell, cell fragment or cell-derived microvesicles comprising the antigen can be assessed using one or more aptamers described herein (alternatively along with additional binding agents).
  • Microfluidic devices which may also be referred to as "lab-on-a-chip” systems, biomedical micro-electro-mechanical systems (bioMEMs), or multicomponent integrated systems, can be used for isolating and analyzing such entities.
  • bioMEMs biomedical micro-electro-mechanical systems
  • Such systems miniaturize and compartmentalize processes that allow for detection of biosignatures and other processes.
  • a microfluidic device can also be used for isolation of a cell, cell fragment or cell-derived microvesicles through size differential or affinity selection.
  • a microfluidic device can use one more channels for isolating entities from a biological sample based on size or by using one or more binding agents.
  • a biological sample can be introduced into one or more microfluidic channels, which selectively allows the passage of the entity. The selection can be based on a property such as the size, shape, deformability, or biosignature.
  • a heterogeneous population of cells, cell fragments, microvesicles or other biomarkers is introduced into a microfluidic device, and one or more different homogeneous populations of such entities can be obtained.
  • different channels can have different size selections or binding agents to select for different populations of such entities.
  • a microfluidic device can isolate a plurality of entities wherein at least a subset of the plurality comprises a different biosignature from another subset of the plurality.
  • the microfluidic device can isolate at least 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 40, 50, 60, 70, 80, 90, or 100 different subsets, wherein each subset comprises a different biosignature.
  • the microfluidic device can comprise one or more channels that permit further enrichment or selection of targets of interest.
  • a population that has been enriched after passage through a first channel can be introduced into a second channel, which allows the passage of the desired population to be further enriched, such as through one or more binding agents present in the second channel.
  • Array -based assays and bead-based assays can be used with a microfluidic device.
  • the binding agent such as an oligonucleotide probe
  • the binding reaction between the beads and targets of the binding agent can be performed in a microfluidic device.
  • Multiplexing can also be performed using a microfluidic device.
  • Different compartments can comprise different binding agents for different target populations.
  • each population has a different biosignature.
  • the hybridization reaction between the microsphere and target can be performed in a microfluidic device and the reaction mixture can be delivered to a detection device.
  • the detection device such as a dual or multiple laser detection system can be part of the microfluidic system and can use a laser to identify each bead or microsphere by its color-coding, and another laser can detect the hybridization signal associated with each bead.
  • microfluidic device can be used in the methods described herein.
  • microfluidic devices that may be used include but are not limited to those described in U.S. Pat. Nos. 7,591,936, 7,581,429, 7,579,136, 7,575,722, 7,568,399, 7,552,741, 7,544,506, 7,541,578, 7,518,726, 7,488,596, 7,485,214, 7,467,928, 7,452,713, 7,452,509, 7,449,096, 7,431,887, 7,422,725, 7,422,669, 7,419,822, 7,419,639, 7,413,709, 7,411,184, 7,402,229, 7,390,463, 7,381,471, 7,357,864, 7,351,592, 7,351,380, 7,338,637, 7,329,391, 7,323,140, 7,261,824, 7,258,837, 7,253,003, 7,238,324, 7,238,255, 7,233,865, 7,2
  • microfluidic devices for use with the compositions and method described herein include devices comprising elastomeric layers, valves and pumps, including without limitation those disclosed in U.S. Patent Nos. 5,376,252, 6,408,878, 6,645,432, 6,719,868, 6,793,753, 6,899,137, 6,929,030, 7,040,338, 7,118,910, 7,144,616, 7,216,671, 7,250,128, 7,494,555, 7,501,245, 7,601,270, 7,691,333, 7,754,010, 7,837,946; U.S. Patent Application Nos. 2003/0061687, 2005/0084421, 2005/0112882, 2005/0129581, 2005/0145496, 2005/0201901, 2005/0214173, 2005/0252773, 2006/0006067; and EP Patent Nos.
  • the microfluidic device can have one or more binding agents attached to a surface in a channel, or present in a channel.
  • the microchannel can have one or more capture agents, such as an oligonucleotide probe described herein.
  • the surface of the channel can also be contacted with a blocking aptamer if desired.
  • a microchannel surface is treated with avidin/streptavidin and a capture agent, such as an antibody or aptamer, that is biotinylated can be injected into the channel to bind the avidin.
  • the capture agents are present in chambers or other components of a microfluidic device.
  • the capture agents can also be attached to beads that can be manipulated to move through the microfluidic channels.
  • the capture agents are attached to magnetic beads. The beads can be manipulated using magnets.
  • a biological sample can be flowed into the microfluidic device, or a microchannel, at rates such as at least about 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40, 45, or 50 m ⁇ per minute, such as between about 1-50, 5-40, 5-30, 3-20 or 5-15 m ⁇ per minute.
  • One or more targets of interest can be captured and directly detected in the microfluidic device. Alternatively, the captured target may be released and exit the microfluidic device prior to analysis.
  • one or more captured cells or microvesicles are lysed in the microchannel and the lysate can be analyzed. Lysis buffer can be flowed through the channel. The lysate can be collected and analyzed, such as performing RT- PCR, PCR, mass spectrometry, Western blotting, or other assays, to detect one or more biomarkers of the captured cells or microvesicles.
  • Samples may be processed to isolate (in whole or in part) biomarkers of interest when performing analysis using the oligonucleotide probes described herein. Isolation can be performed using various techniques as useful and desirable, including without limitation size exclusion chromatography, density gradient centrifugation, differential centrifugation, nanomembrane ultrafiltration, immunoabsorbent capture, affinity purification, affinity capture, immunoassay, immunoprecipitation, microfluidic separation, flow cytometry, polymeric isolation (e.g., using polyethylene glycol (PEG)) or combinations thereof.
  • PEG polyethylene glycol
  • PCT/US2009/62880 filed October 30, 2009; PCT/US2009/006095, filed November 12, 2009; PCT/US2011/26750, filed March 1, 2011; PCT/US2011/031479, filed April 6, 2011;
  • PCT/US 11/48327 filed August 18, 2011; PCT/US2008/71235, filed July 25, 2008; PCT/US10/58461, filed November 30, 2010; PCT/US2011/21160, filed January 13, 2011; PCT/US2013/030302, filed March 11, 2013; PCT/US 12/25741, filed February 17, 2012; PCT/2008/76109, filed September 12, 2008;
  • compositions and methods described herein can be used in and with various immune assay formats.
  • Immunoaffinity assays can be based on antibodies and aptamers selectively immunoreactive with proteins or other biomarkers of interest. These techniques include without limitation immunoprecipitation, Western blot analysis, molecular binding assays, enzyme-linked immunosorbent assay (ELISA), enzyme- linked immunofiltration assay (ELIFA), fluorescence activated cell sorting (FACS),
  • an optional method of detecting the expression of a biomarker in a sample comprises contacting the sample with an antibody or aptamer against the biomarker, or an immunoreactive fragment thereof, or a recombinant protein containing an antigen binding region against the biomarker; and then detecting the binding of the biomarker in the sample.
  • Various methods for producing antibodies and aptamers are known in the art. Such binding agents can be used to immunoprecipitate specific proteins from solution samples or to immunoblot proteins separated by, e.g., polyacrylamide gels. Immunocytochemical methods can also be used in detecting specific protein polymorphisms in tissues or cells.
  • immunoassay techniques can also be used including, e.g., ELISA, radioimmunoassay (RIA), immunoradiometric assays (IRMA) and immunoenzymatic assays (IEMA), including sandwich assays. See, e.g., U.S. Pat. Nos. 4,376,110 and 4,486,530, both of which are incorporated herein by reference.
  • a sample may be contacted with an antibody or aptamer specific for a biomarker under conditions sufficient for a complex to form, and then detecting such complex.
  • the presence of the biomarker may be detected in a number of ways, such as by Western blotting and ELISA procedures for assaying a wide variety of tissues and samples, including bodily fluids such as plasma or serum.
  • a wide range of immunoassay techniques using such an assay format are available, see, e.g., U.S. Pat. Nos. 4,016,043, 4,424,279 and 4,018,653. These include both single-site and two-site or“sandwich” assays of the non-competitive types, as well as in the traditional competitive binding assays.
  • These assays also include direct binding of a labelled antibody or aptamer to a target biomarker.
  • an unlabeled binding agent e.g., an antibody or aptamer
  • an unlabeled binding agent e.g., an antibody or aptamer
  • a second binding agent specific to the antigen labelled with a reporter molecule capable of producing a detectable signal
  • Any unreacted material is washed away, and the presence of the antigen is determined by observation of a signal produced by the reporter molecule.
  • the results may either be qualitative, by simple observation of the visible signal, or may be quantitated by comparing with a control sample containing known amounts of biomarker.
  • a simultaneous assay in which both sample and labelled binding agent are added simultaneously to the tethered binding agent.
  • a first binding agent e.g., an antibody or aptamer, having specificity for a tissue/cell/biomarker or such target of interest is either covalently or passively bound to a solid surface.
  • the solid surface is typically glass or a polymer, the most commonly used polymers being cellulose, polyacrylamide, nylon, polystyrene, polyvinyl chloride or polypropylene.
  • the solid supports may be in the form of tubes, beads, discs of microplates, or any other surface suitable for conducting an immunoassay.
  • the binding processes generally consist of cross-linking, covalently binding or physically adsorbing, the polymer-antibody complex to the support, which is then washed in preparation for the test sample.
  • An aliquot of the sample to be tested is then added to the solid phase complex and incubated for a period of time sufficient (e.g., 2- 40 minutes or overnight) and under suitable conditions (e.g. ,from room temperature to 40°C such as between 25 °C and 32°C inclusive) to allow binding of the target to the support.
  • the support is washed and incubated with a second binding agent specific for a portion of the biomarker.
  • the second binding agent is linked to a reporter molecule which is used to indicate the binding of the second binding agent to the molecular marker.
  • An alternative method involves immobilizing the target biomarkers in the sample and then exposing the immobilized target to specific binding agents, e.g., antibodies or aptamers, which may or may not be labelled with a reporter molecule.
  • specific binding agents e.g., antibodies or aptamers
  • a bound target may be detectable by direct labelling with the binding agent.
  • a second labelled binding agent, specific to the first binding agent is exposed to the first target complex to form a tertiary complex. The complex is detected by the signal emitted by the reporter molecule.
  • A“reporter molecule” includes molecule which, by its chemical nature, provides an analytically identifiable signal which allows the detection of antigen-bound complexes.
  • Some commonly used reporter molecules in this type of assay include enzymes, fluorophores or radionuclide containing molecules (i.e. radioisotopes) and chemiluminescent molecules. Examples of such detectable labels are disclosed herein.
  • an enzyme is conjugated to the secondary binding agent.
  • enzymes include horseradish peroxidase, glucose oxidase, b-galactosidase and alkaline phosphatase, amongst others.
  • the substrates to be used with the specific enzymes are generally chosen for the production, upon hydrolysis by the corresponding enzyme, of a detectable color change. Examples of suitable enzymes include alkaline phosphatase and peroxidase. It is also possible to employ fluorogenic substrates, which yield a fluorescent product rather than the chromogenic substrates noted above.
  • the enzyme-labelled binding agent is added to the first bound molecular marker complex, allowed to bind, and then the excess reagent is washed away.
  • a solution containing the appropriate substrate is then added to the tertiary complex comprising primary binding agent, antigen, and secondary binding agent.
  • the substrate will react with the enzyme linked to the secondary binding agent, giving a qualitative visual signal, which may be further quantitated, usually spectrophotometrically, to give an indication of the amount of antigen which was present in the sample.
  • fluorescent compounds such as fluorescein and rhodamine, may be chemically coupled to secondary binding agent without altering their binding capacity.
  • the fluorochrome- labelled secondary binding agent When activated by illumination with light of a particular wavelength, the fluorochrome- labelled secondary binding agent adsorbs the light energy, inducing a state to excitability in the molecule, followed by emission of the light at a characteristic color visually detectable with a light microscope.
  • the fluorescent labelled secondary binding agent As in the EIA, the fluorescent labelled secondary binding agent is allowed to bind to antigen complex. After washing off the unbound reagent, the remaining tertiary complex is then exposed to the light of the appropriate wavelength. The fluorescence observed indicates the presence of the molecular marker of interest. Immunofluorescence and EIA techniques are both very well established in the art. However, other reporter molecules, such as radioisotope, chemiluminescent or bioluminescent molecules, may also be employed.
  • Immunohistorchemistry is a process of localizing antigens (e.g., proteins) in cells of a tissue using binding agents (e.g., antibodies or aptamers) specifically to antigens in the tissues.
  • the antigen-binding binding agent can be conjugated or fused to a tag that allows its detection, e.g., via visualization.
  • the tag is an enzyme that can catalyze a color-producing reaction, such as alkaline phosphatase or horseradish peroxidase.
  • the enzyme can be fused to the binding agent or non-covalently bound, e.g., using a biotin-avadin/streptavidin system.
  • the binding agent can be tagged with a fluorophore, such as fluorescein, rhodamine, Dy Light Fluor or Alexa Fluor.
  • the binding agent can be directly tagged or it can itself be recognized by a secondary detection binding agent (antibody or antigen) that carries the tag.
  • a secondary detection binding agent antibody or antigen
  • one or more proteins may be detected.
  • the expression of a gene product can be related to its staining intensity compared to control levels. In some embodiments, the gene product is considered differentially expressed if its staining varies at least 1.2, 1.3, 1.4, 1.5, 1.6, 1.7, 1.8, 1.9, 2.0, 2.2, 2.5, 2.7, 3.0, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9 or 10-fold in the sample versus the control.
  • IHC comprises the application of such immunoassay formats to histochemical techniques.
  • a tissue section is mounted on a slide and is incubated with a binding agent.
  • the binding agents are typically polyclonal or monoclonal antibodies, and can be aptamers such as oligonucleotide probes described herein, specific to the antigen.
  • the primary reaction comprises contacting the tissue section with this primary binding agent, forming primary complexes.
  • the antigen- antibody signal is then amplified using a second binding agent conjugated to a complex of that can provide a visible signal, such as enzymes including without limitation peroxidase antiperoxidase (PAP), avidin-biotin-peroxidase (ABC) or avidin-biotin alkaline phosphatase.
  • PAP peroxidase antiperoxidase
  • ABSC avidin-biotin-peroxidase
  • avidin-biotin alkaline phosphatase avidin-biotin alkaline phosphatase.
  • Immunofluorescence is an alternate approach to visualize antigens.
  • the primary signal is amplified using a second binding agent conjugated to a fluorochrome. On UV light absorption, the fluorochrome emits its own light at a longer wavelength (fluorescence), thus allowing localization of the primary complexes.
  • the methods described herein may comprise performing an IHC assay using an oligonucleotide probe library.
  • This may be referred to as a polyligand histochemistry assay (PHC) or poly-ligand profiling (PLP).
  • PLC polyligand histochemistry assay
  • PLP poly-ligand profiling
  • a tissue section is contacted with an enriched oligonucleotide probe library.
  • Members of the library can be labeled, e.g., with a biotin molecule, digoxigenin, or other label as appropriate.
  • the bound library members are visualized using a secondary labeling system, e.g., streptavidin-horse radish peroxidase (SA-HRP) or anti-digoxigenin horse radish peroxidase.
  • SA-HRP streptavidin-horse radish peroxidase
  • anti-digoxigenin horse radish peroxidase The resulting slides can be read
  • Aptamers have a number of desirable characteristics for use as therapeutics and diagnostics including high specificity and affinity, biological efficacy, and excellent pharmacokinetic properties. In addition, they offer certain advantages over antibodies and other protein biologies. For example, aptamers are produced by an entirely in vitro process, allowing for the rapid synthesis. In vitro selection allows the specificity and affinity of the aptamer to be tightly controlled. In addition, aptamers as a class have demonstrated little or no toxicity or immunogenicity.
  • aptamer 10-50 kDa; antibody: 150 kDa
  • a weekly dose of aptamer may be delivered by injection in a volume of less than 0.5 mL.
  • the small size of aptamers allows them to penetrate into areas of conformational constrictions that do not allow for antibodies or antibody fragments to penetrate, presenting yet another advantage of aptamer-based therapeutics or prophylaxis.
  • Aptamers are chemically synthesized and are readily scaled as needed to meet production demand for diagnostic or therapeutic applications.
  • aptamers are chemically robust. They can be adapted to regain activity following exposure to factors such as heat and denaturants and can be stored for extended periods (>1 yr) at room temperature as lyophilized powders.
  • SELEX Systematic Evolution of Ligands by Exponential Enrichment
  • Each SELEX -identified nucleic acid ligand i.e., each aptamer (or oligonucleotide probe) is a specific ligand of a given target compound or molecule.
  • the SELEX process is based on the insight that nucleic acids have sufficient capacity for forming a variety of two- and three-dimensional structures and sufficient chemical versatility available within their monomers to act as ligands (i.e., form specific binding pairs) with any variety of chemical compounds, whether monomeric or polymeric. Molecules of any size or composition can serve as targets.
  • SELEX relies as a starting point upon a large library or pool of single stranded oligonucleotides comprising randomized sequences.
  • the oligonucleotides can be modified or unmodified DNA, RNA, or DNA/RNA hybrids.
  • the pool comprises 100% random or partially random oligonucleotides.
  • the pool comprises random or partially random oligonucleotides containing at least one fixed and/or conserved sequence incorporated within randomized sequence.
  • the pool comprises random or partially random oligonucleotides containing at least one fixed and/or conserved sequence at its 5' and/or 3' end which may comprise a sequence shared by all the molecules of the oligonucleotide pool.
  • Fixed sequences are sequences such as hybridization sites for PCR primers, promoter sequences for RNA polymerases (e.g., T3, T4, T7, and SP6), restriction sites, or homopolymeric sequences, such as poly A or poly T tracts, catalytic cores, sites for selective binding to affinity columns, and other sequences to facilitate cloning and/or sequencing of an oligonucleotide of interest.
  • conserveed sequences are sequences, other than the previously described fixed sequences, shared by a number of aptamers that bind to the same target.
  • the oligonucleotides of the pool preferably include a randomized sequence portion as well as fixed sequences necessary for efficient amplification.
  • the oligonucleotides of the starting pool contain fixed 5' and 3' terminal sequences which flank an internal region of 30-50 random nucleotides.
  • the randomized nucleotides can be produced in a number of ways including chemical synthesis and size selection from randomly cleaved cellular nucleic acids. Sequence variation in test nucleic acids can also be introduced or increased by mutagenesis before or during the selection/amplification iterations.
  • the random sequence portion of the oligonucleotide can be of any appropriate length and can comprise ribonucleotides and/or deoxyribonucleotides and can include modified or non-natural nucleotides or nucleotide analogs. See, e.g. U.S. Pat. No. 5,958,691; U.S. Pat. No. 5,660,985; U.S. Pat.
  • Random oligonucleotides can be synthesized from phosphodiester-linked nucleotides using solid phase oligonucleotide synthesis techniques well known in the art. See, e.g., Froehler et al., Nucl. Acid Res. 14:5399-5467 (1986) and Froehler et al., Tet. Lett. 27:5575-5578 (1986).
  • Random oligonucleotides can also be synthesized using solution phase methods such as triester synthesis methods. See, e.g., Sood et al., Nucl. Acid Res. 4:2557 (1977) and Hirose et al., Tet. Lett., 28:2449 (1978). Typical syntheses carried out on automated DNA synthesis equipment yield 10 14 -10 16 individual molecules, a number sufficient for most SELEX experiments. Sufficiently large regions of random sequence in the sequence design increases the likelihood that each synthesized molecule is likely to represent a unique sequence.
  • the starting library of oligonucleotides may be generated by automated chemical synthesis on a DNA synthesizer. To synthesize randomized sequences, mixtures of all four nucleotides are added at each nucleotide addition step during the synthesis process, allowing for random incorporation of nucleotides.
  • random oligonucleotides comprise entirely random sequences; however, in other embodiments, random oligonucleotides can comprise stretches of nonrandom or partially random sequences. Partially random sequences can be created by adding the four nucleotides in different molar ratios at each addition step.
  • the starting library of oligonucleotides may be for example, RNA, DNA, or RNA/DNA hybrid.
  • a starting RNA library can be generated by transcribing a DNA library in vitro using T7 RNA polymerase or modified T7 RNA polymerases and purified. The library is then mixed with the target under conditions favorable for binding and subjected to step-wise iterations of binding, partitioning and amplification, using the same general selection scheme, to achieve virtually any desired criterion of binding affinity and selectivity.
  • the SELEX method includes steps of: (a) contacting the mixture with the target under conditions favorable for binding; (b) partitioning unbound nucleic acids from those nucleic acids which have bound specifically to target molecules; (c) dissociating the nucleic acid-target complexes; (d) amplifying the nucleic acids dissociated from the nucleic acid-target complexes to yield a ligand-enriched mixture of nucleic acids; and (e) reiterating the steps of binding, partitioning, dissociating and amplifying through as many cycles as desired to yield highly specific, high affinity nucleic acid ligands to the target molecule.
  • the SELEX method further comprises the steps of: (i) reverse transcribing the nucleic acids dissociated from the nucleic acid-target complexes before amplification in step (d); and (ii) transcribing the amplified nucleic acids from step (d) before restarting the process.
  • a nucleic acid mixture comprising, for example, a 20 nucleotide randomized segment can have 4 20 candidate possibilities. Those which have the higher affinity constants for the target are most likely to bind to the target.
  • a second nucleic acid mixture is generated, enriched for the higher binding affinity candidates. Additional rounds of selection progressively favor better ligands until the resulting nucleic acid mixture is predominantly composed of only one or a few sequences. These can then be cloned, sequenced and individually tested for binding affinity as pure ligands or aptamers.
  • Cycles of selection and amplification are repeated until a desired goal is achieved. In the most general case, selection/amplification is continued until no significant improvement in binding strength is achieved on repetition of the cycle.
  • the method is typically used to sample approximately 10 14 different nucleic acid species but may be used to sample as many as about 10 18 different nucleic acid species.
  • nucleic acid aptamer molecules are selected in a 5 to 20 cycle procedure. In some
  • heterogeneity is introduced only in the initial selection stages and does not occur throughout the replicating process.
  • the selection process is so efficient at isolating those nucleic acid ligands that bind most strongly to the selected target, that only one cycle of selection and amplification is required.
  • Such an efficient selection may occur, for example, in a chromatographic-type process wherein the ability of nucleic acids to associate with targets bound on a column operates in such a manner that the column is sufficiently able to allow separation and isolation of the highest affinity nucleic acid ligands.
  • the target-specific nucleic acid ligand solution may include a family of nucleic acid structures or motifs that have a number of conserved sequences and a number of sequences which can be substituted or added without significantly affecting the affinity of the nucleic acid ligands to the target.
  • the compositions and method described herein provide for the identification of aptamer pools and uses thereof that jointly can be used to characterize a test sample.
  • the aptamer pools can be identified through rounds of positive and negative selection to identify cells, tissue or microvesicles indicative of a disease or condition or a state thereof.
  • the compositions and method described herein further provide use of such aptamer pools to stain, detect and/or quantify such cells, tissue or microvesicles in a sample, thereby allowing a diagnosis, prognosis or theranosis to be provided.
  • nucleic acid primary, secondary and tertiary structures are known to exist.
  • the structures or motifs that have been shown most commonly to be involved in non-Watson-Crick type interactions are referred to as hairpin loops, symmetric and asymmetric bulges, pseudoknots and myriad combinations of the same.
  • Such motifs can typically be formed in a nucleic acid sequence of no more than 30 nucleotides. For this reason, it is often preferred that SELEX procedures with contiguous randomized segments be initiated with nucleic acid sequences containing a randomized segment of between about 20 to about 50 nucleotides and in some embodiments, about 30 to about 40 nucleotides.
  • the 5'-fixed:random:3'-fixed sequence comprises a random sequence of about 30 to about 50 nucleotides.
  • the random region may be referred to as the variable region herein.
  • the core SELEX method has been modified to achieve a number of specific objectives.
  • U.S. Pat. No. 5,707,796 describes the use of SELEX in conjunction with gel electrophoresis to select nucleic acid molecules with specific structural characteristics, such as bent DNA.
  • U.S. Pat. No. 5,763,177 describes SELEX based methods for selecting nucleic acid ligands containing photoreactive groups capable of binding and/or photocrosslinking to and/or photoinactivating a target molecule.
  • U.S. Pat. No. 5,707,796 describes the use of SELEX in conjunction with gel electrophoresis to select nucleic acid molecules with specific structural characteristics, such as bent DNA.
  • U.S. Pat. No. 5,763,177 describes SELEX based methods for selecting nucleic acid ligands containing photoreactive groups capable of binding and/or photocrosslinking to and/or photoinactivating a target molecule.
  • Pat. No. 5,567,588 and U.S. Pat. No. 5,861,254 describe SELEX based methods which achieve highly efficient partitioning between oligonucleotides having high and low affinity for a target molecule.
  • Pat. No. 5,496,938 describes methods for obtaining improved nucleic acid ligands after the SELEX process has been performed.
  • U.S. Pat. No. 5,705,337 describes methods for covalently linking a ligand to its target.
  • SELEX can also be used to obtain nucleic acid ligands that bind to more than one site on the target molecule, and to obtain nucleic acid ligands that include non-nucleic acid species that bind to specific sites on the target.
  • SELEX provides means for isolating and identifying nucleic acid ligands which bind to any envisionable target, including large and small biomolecules such as nucleic acid binding proteins and proteins not known to bind nucleic acids as part of their biological function as well as lipids, cofactors and other small molecules.
  • U.S. Pat. No. 5,580,737 discloses nucleic acid sequences identified through SELEX which are capable of binding with high affinity to caffeine and the closely related analog, theophylline.
  • Counter-SELEX is a method for improving the specificity of nucleic acid ligands to a target molecule by eliminating nucleic acid ligand sequences with cross-reactivity to one or more non-target molecules.
  • Counter-SELEX is comprised of the steps of: (a) preparing a candidate mixture of nucleic acids; (b) contacting the candidate mixture with the target, wherein nucleic acids having an increased affinity to the target relative to the candidate mixture may be partitioned from the remainder of the candidate mixture; (c) partitioning the increased affinity nucleic acids from the remainder of the candidate mixture; (d) dissociating the increased affinity nucleic acids from the target; e) contacting the increased affinity nucleic acids with one or more non-target molecules such that nucleic acid ligands with specific affinity for the non-target molecule(s) are removed; and (f) amplifying the nucleic acids with specific affinity only to the target molecule to yield a mixture of nucleic acids enriched for nucleic acid sequences with
  • a potential problem encountered in the use of nucleic acids as therapeutics and vaccines is that oligonucleotides in their phosphodiester form may be quickly degraded in body fluids by intracellular and extracellular enzymes such as endonucleases and exonucleases before the desired effect is manifest.
  • the SELEX method thus encompasses the identification of high-affinity nucleic acid ligands containing modified nucleotides conferring improved characteristics on the ligand, such as improved in vivo stability or improved delivery characteristics. Examples of such modifications include chemical substitutions at the ribose and/or phosphate and/or base positions.
  • SELEX identified nucleic acid ligands containing modified nucleotides are described, e.g., in U.S. Pat. No. 5,660,985, which describes oligonucleotides containing nucleotide derivatives chemically modified at the 2' position of ribose, 5' position of pyrimidines, and 8' position of purines, U.S. Pat. No. 5,756,703 which describes oligonucleotides containing various 2'- modified pyrimidines, and U.S. Pat. No.
  • 5,580,737 which describes highly specific nucleic acid ligands containing one or more nucleotides modified with 2'-amino ( — NH 2 ), 2'-fluoro (2'-F), and/or 2'-0-methyl (2'-OMe) substituents.
  • Modifications of the nucleic acid ligands contemplated herein include, but are not limited to, those which provide other chemical groups that incorporate additional charge, polarizability, hydrophobicity, hydrogen bonding, electrostatic interaction, and fluxionality to the nucleic acid ligand bases or to the nucleic acid ligand as a whole.
  • Modifications to generate oligonucleotide populations which are resistant to nucleases can also include one or more substitute intemucleotide linkages, altered sugars, altered bases, or combinations thereof.
  • Such modifications include, but are not limited to, 2'- position sugar modifications, 5 -position pyrimidine modifications, 8-position purine modifications, modifications at exocyclic amines, substitution of 4-thiouridine, substitution of 5-bromo or 5-iodo-uracil; backbone modifications, phosphorothioate or allyl phosphate modifications, methylations, and unusual base-pairing combinations such as the isobases isocytidine and isoguanosine. Modifications can also include 3' and 5' modifications such as capping.
  • oligonucleotides are provided in which the P(0)0 group is replaced by P(0)S (“thioate”), P(S)S (“dithioate”), P(0)NR 2 (“amidate”), P(0)R, P(0)OR', CO or CH 2 (“formacetal”) or 3'-amine (— NH— CH 2 — CH 2 — ), wherein each R or R' is independently H or substituted or unsubstituted alkyl.
  • Linkage groups can be attached to adjacent nucleotides through an -0-,— N— , or— S— linkage. Not all linkages in the oligonucleotide are required to be identical.
  • the term phosphorothioate encompasses one or more non-bridging oxygen atoms in a phosphodiester bond replaced by one or more sulfur atoms.
  • the oligonucleotides comprise modified sugar groups, for example, one or more of the hydroxyl groups is replaced with halogen, aliphatic groups, or functionalized as ethers or amines.
  • the 2'-position of the furanose residue is substituted by any of an O- methyl, O-alkyl, O-allyl, S-alkyl, S-allyl, or halo group.
  • modifications are known to one of ordinary skill in the art. Such modifications may be pre-SELEX process modifications or post-SELEX process modifications (modification of previously identified unmodified ligands) or may be made by incorporation into the SELEX process. [00220] Pre-SELEX process modifications or those made by incorporation into the SELEX process yield nucleic acid ligands with both specificity for their SELEX target and improved stability, e.g., in vivo stability. Post-SELEX process modifications made to nucleic acid ligands may result in improved stability, e.g., in vivo stability without adversely affecting the binding capacity of the nucleic acid ligand.
  • the SELEX method encompasses combining selected oligonucleotides with other selected oligonucleotides and non-oligonucleotide functional units as described in U.S. Pat. No. 5,637,459 and U.S. Pat. No. 5,683,867.
  • the SELEX method further encompasses combining selected nucleic acid ligands with lipophilic or non-immunogenic high molecular weight compounds in a diagnostic or therapeutic complex, as described, e.g., in U.S. Pat. No. 6,011,020, U.S. Pat. No. 6,051,698, and PCT Publication No. WO 98/18480.
  • These patents and applications teach the combination of a broad array of shapes and other properties, with the efficient amplification and replication properties of oligonucleotides, and with the desirable properties of other molecules.
  • Aptamers / oligonucleotide probes with desired specificity and binding affinity to the target(s) of interest herein can be selected by the SELEX N process as described herein. As part of the SELEX process, the sequences selected to bind to the target are then optionally minimized to determine the minimal sequence having the desired binding affinity. The selected sequences and/or the minimized sequences are optionally optimized by performing random or directed mutagenesis of the sequence to increase binding affinity or alternatively to determine which positions in the sequence are essential for binding activity. Additionally, selections can be performed with sequences incorporating modified nucleotides to stabilize the aptamer molecules against degradation in vivo.
  • an aptamer For an aptamer to be suitable for use as a therapeutic, it is preferably inexpensive to synthesize, and safe and stable in vivo. Wild-type RNA and DNA aptamers are typically not stable is vivo because of their susceptibility to degradation by nucleases. Resistance to nuclease degradation can be greatly increased by the incorporation of modifying groups at the 2'-position.
  • Aptamers that contain 2'-0-methyl (“2'-OMe”) nucleotides may overcome one or more potential drawbacks. Oligonucleotides containing 2'-OMe nucleotides are nuclease-resistant and inexpensive to synthesize. Although 2'-OMe nucleotides are ubiquitous in biological systems, natural polymerases do not accept 2'-OMe NTPs as substrates under physiological conditions, thus there are no safety concerns over the recycling of 2'-OMe nucleotides into host DNA.
  • the SELEX method used to generate 2'-modified aptamers is described, e.g., in U.S. Provisional Patent Application Ser. No. 60/430,761, filed Dec. 3, 2002, U.S. Provisional Patent Application Ser. No. 60/487,474, filed Jul. 15,
  • therapeutically effective amount refers to an amount of a composition that relieves (to some extent, as judged by a skilled medical practitioner) one or more symptoms of a medical condition such as a disease or disorder in a subject. Additionally, by“therapeutically effective amount” of a composition is meant an amount that returns to normal, either partially or completely, physiological or biochemical parameters associated with or causative of a disease or condition. A clinician skilled in the art can determine the therapeutically effective amount of a composition in order to beat or prevent a particular disease condition, or disorder when it is administered, such as intravenously, subcutaneously, intraperitoneally, orally, or through inhalation.
  • compositions required to be therapeutically effective will depend upon numerous factors, e.g., such as the specific activity of the active agent, the delivery device employed, physical characteristics of the agent, purpose for the administration, in addition to many patient specific considerations. But a determination of a composition required to be therapeutically effective will depend upon numerous factors, e.g., such as the specific activity of the active agent, the delivery device employed, physical characteristics of the agent, purpose for the administration, in addition to many patient specific considerations. But a determination of a
  • therapeutically effective amount is within the skill of an ordinarily skilled clinician upon the appreciation of the disclosure set forth herein.
  • the terms“beating,”“beatment,”“therapy,” and“therapeutic beatment” as used herein refer to curative therapy, prophylactic therapy, or preventative therapy.
  • An example of“preventative therapy” is the prevention or lessening the chance of a targeted disease (e.g., cancer or other proliferative disease) or related condition thereto.
  • a targeted disease e.g., cancer or other proliferative disease
  • Those in need of beatment include those already with the disease or condition as well as those prone to have the disease or condition to be prevented.
  • beating also describe the management and care of a mammal for the purpose of combating a disease, or related condition, and includes the adminisbation of a composition to alleviate the symptoms, side effects, or other complications of the disease, condition.
  • Therapeutic beatment for cancer includes, but is not limited to, surgery, chemotherapy, radiation therapy, gene therapy, and immunotherapy.
  • the term“agent” or“drug” or“therapeutic agent” refers to a chemical compound, a mixture of chemical compounds, a biological macromolecule, or an exbact made from biological materials such as bacteria, plants, fungi, or animal (particularly mammalian) cells or tissues that are suspected of having therapeutic properties.
  • the agent or drug can be purified, substantially purified or partially purified.
  • An“agent” as used herein also includes a radiation therapy agent or a
  • the term“diagnostic agent” refers to any chemical used in the imaging of diseased tissue, such as, e.g., a tumor.
  • the term“chemotherapuetic agent” refers to an agent with activity against cancer, neoplastic, and/or proliferative diseases, or that has ability to kill cancerous cells directly.
  • “pharmaceutical formulations” include formulations for human and veterinary use with no significant adverse toxicological effect.
  • “Pharmaceutically acceptable formulation” as used herein refers to a composition or formulation that allows for the effective distribution of the nucleic acid molecules described herein in the physical location most suitable for their desired activity.
  • the term“pharmaceutically acceptable carrier” is intended to include any and all solvents, dispersion media, coatings, antibacterial and antifungal agents, isotonic and absorption delaying agents, and the like, compatible with pharmaceutical administration.
  • the use of such media and agents for pharmaceutically active substances is well known in the art. Except insofar as any conventional media or agent is incompatible with the active compound, use thereof in the compositions is contemplated.
  • immunoconjugates as potential therapies for a range of indications, mostly directed at the treatment of cancer with a primary focus on hematological tumors.
  • payloads for targeted delivery have been tested in pre-clinical and clinical studies, including protein toxins, high potency small molecule cytotoxics, radioisotopes, and liposome-encapsulated drugs.
  • immunoconjugates as a class (especially for solid tumors) face challenges that have been attributable to multiple different properties of antibodies, including tendencies to develop neutralizing antibody responses to non-humanized antibodies, limited penetration in solid tumors, loss of target binding affinity as a result of toxin conjugation, and imbalances between antibody half-life and toxin conjugate half-life that limit the overall therapeutic index (reviewed by Reff and Heard, Critical Reviews in Oncology /Hematology, 40 (2001):25-35).
  • Aptamers are functionally similar to antibodies in target recognition, although their absorption, distribution, metabolism, and excretion (“ADME”) properties are intrinsically different and they generally lack many of the immune effector functions generally associated with antibodies (e.g., antibody- dependent cellular cytotoxicity, complement-dependent cytotoxicity).
  • ADME absorption, distribution, metabolism, and excretion
  • toxin-delivery via aptamers offers several concrete advantages over delivery with antibodies, ultimately affording them better potential as therapeutics.
  • advantages of toxin-delivery via aptamers over antibodies are as follows:
  • Aptamer-toxin conjugates are entirely chemically synthesized. Chemical synthesis provides more control over the nature of the conjugate. For example, the stoichiometry (ratio of toxins per aptamer) and site of attachment can be precisely defined. Different linker chemistries can be readily tested. The reversibility of aptamer folding means that loss of activity during conjugation is unlikely and provides more flexibility in adjusting conjugation conditions to maximize yields.
  • Tunable PK Aptamer half-life/metabolism can be more easily tuned to match properties of payload, optimizing the ability to deliver toxin to the tumor while minimizing systemic exposure.
  • the invention provides a pharmaceutical composition comprising a therapeutically effective amount of an aptamer described herein or a salt thereof, and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or diluent.
  • the invention also provides a pharmaceutical composition comprising a therapeutically effective amount of the aptamer or a salt thereof, and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or diluent.
  • the invention provides a method of treating or ameliorating a disease or disorder, comprising
  • administering may result in: (a) an enhancement of the delivery of the active agent to a disease site relative to delivery of the active agent alone; (b) an enhancement of target clearance resulting in a decrease of at least 10%, 20%, 30%, 40%, 50%, 60%, 70%, 80%, or 90% in a blood level of target targeted by the aptamer; (c) a decrease in size of at least 10%, 20%, 30%, 40%, 50%, 60%, 70%, 80%, or 90% of a tumor targeted by the aptamer; or (d) an decrease in biological activity of targets of the aptamer of at least 10%, 20%, 30%, 40%, 50%, 60%, 70%, 80%, or 90%.
  • the biological activity of microvesicles comprises immune suppression or transfer of genetic information.
  • the disease or disorder can include without limitation those disclosed herein.
  • the disease or disorder may comprise a neoplastic, proliferative, or inflammatory, metabolic, cardiovascular, or neurological disease or disorder. See, e.g., section “Phenotypes.”
  • an aptamer described herein is modified to comprise at least one chemical modification.
  • the modification may include without limitation a chemical substitution at a sugar position; a chemical substitution at a phosphate position; and a chemical substitution at a base position of the nucleic acid.
  • the modification is selected from the group consisting of:
  • biotinylation incorporation of a fluorescent label, incorporation of a modified nucleotide, a 2'-modified pyrimidine, 3' capping, conjugation to an amine linker, conjugation to a high molecular weight, non- immunogenic compound, conjugation to a lipophilic compound, conjugation to a drug, conjugation to a cytotoxic moiety, and labeling with a radioisotope, or other modification as disclosed herein.
  • the position of the modification can be varied as desired.
  • the biotinylation, fluorescent label, or cytotoxic moiety can be conjugated to the 5' end of the aptamer.
  • the biotinylation, fluorescent label, or cytotoxic moiety can also be conjugated to the 3' end of the aptamer.
  • the cytotoxic moiety is encapsulated in a nanoparticle.
  • the nanoparticle can be selected from the group consisting of: liposomes, dendrimers, and comb polymers.
  • the cytotoxic moiety comprises a small molecule cytotoxic moiety.
  • the small molecule cytotoxic moiety can include without limtation vinblastine hydrazide, calicheamicin, vinca alkaloid, a cryptophycin, a tubulysin, dolastatin-10, dolastatin-15, auristatin E, rhizoxin, epothilone B, epithilone D, taxoids, maytansinoids and any variants and derivatives thereof.
  • the cytotoxic moiety comprises a protein toxin.
  • the protein toxin can be selected from the group consisting of diphtheria toxin, ricin, abrin, gelonin, and Pseudomonas exotoxin A.
  • Non-immunogenic, high molecular weight compounds for use with the compositions described herein include polyalkylene glycols, e.g., polyethylene glycol.
  • radioisotopes include yttrium-90, indium-111, iodine-131, lutetium-177, copper-67, rhenium-186, rhenium-188, bismuth-212, bismuth-213, astatine-211, and actinium-225.
  • the aptamer may be labeled with a gamma-emitting radioisotope.
  • an active agent is conjugated to the aptamer.
  • the active agent may be a therapeutic agent or a diagnostic agent.
  • the therapeutic agent may be selected from the group consisting of tyrosine kinase inhibitors, kinase inhibitors, biologically active agents, biological molecules, radionuclides, adriamycin, ansamycin antibiotics, asparaginase, bleomycin, busulphan, cisplatin, carboplatin, carmustine, capecotabine, chlorambucil, cytarabine, cyclophosphamide, camptothecin, dacarbazine, dactinomycin, daunorubicin, dexrazoxane, docetaxel, doxorubicin, etoposide, epothilones, floxuridine, fludarabine, fluorouracil, gemcitabine, hydroxyurea, idarubic
  • the target of oligonucleotide probes can be identified.
  • identifying the target may comprise use of mass spectrometry (MS), peptide mass fingerprinting (PMF; protein fingerprinting), sequencing, N-terminal amino acid analysis, C-terminal amino acid analysis, Edman degradation, chromatography, electrophoresis, two-dimensional gel electrophoresis (2D gel), antibody array, or immunoassay.
  • MS mass spectrometry
  • PMF protein fingerprinting
  • sequencing N-terminal amino acid analysis
  • C-terminal amino acid analysis Edman degradation
  • chromatography electrophoresis
  • 2D gel two-dimensional gel electrophoresis
  • antibody array or immunoassay.
  • an oligonucleotide probe library can be incubated with a sample of interest, bound members of the library captured, and the targets bound to the captured members identified. See Examples 1, 9-11, and 14-15 herein for an examples of such target identification using mass spectrometry.
  • the oligonucleotide aptamers to the various targets can be used for multiple purposes.
  • the aptamers are used as therapeutic agents.
  • Immunotherapeutic approaches using antibodies that recognize foreign/misfolded antigens e,g., anti-CD20, anti-CD30, anti-CD33, anti-CD52, anti-EGFR, anti-nucleolin, anti-nucleophosmin, etc.
  • Aptamers or oligonucleotides are an attractive immunotherapeutic alternative for various reasons such as low cost, small size, ease and speed of synthesis, stability and low immunogenicity.
  • immunotherapeutic agents are conjugated to disease specific target oligonucleotide or antibody (Ab) for targeted cell killing via recruitment of complement proteins and the downstream membrane attack complex.
  • disease specific target oligonucleotide or antibody (Ab) for targeted cell killing via recruitment of complement proteins and the downstream membrane attack complex.
  • the compositions described herein include a multipartite construct comprising a binding agent specific to a biological target with another binding agent specific to immunomodulatory entity.
  • a multipartite construct comprising a binding agent specific to a biological target with another binding agent specific to immunomodulatory entity. Examples of such constructs are shown in FIG. 6.
  • the horizontal line indicates an oligonucleotide construct, which construct comprises a 5’ primer 601 (Primer 1), a variable region 602 that can be an aptamer to a target of interest, a 3’ primer 603 (Primer 2), and an immunomodulatory domain region (“IMD”) 604.
  • the complete Design 1 construct can be used to bring a target of interest in proximity with an immunomodulatory agent.
  • the primers can be designed for any desired purpose, e.g., amplification, capture, modification, direct or indirect labeling, and the like.
  • the target of the variable region is a disease marker and thus the construct is targeted to a diseased tissue, cell or microvesicle.
  • the immunomodulatory domain region can act as an immune stimulator or suppressor. Any appropriate immune stimulator or suppressor can be used, e.g., a small molecule, antibody or an aptamer.
  • the construct can modulate the immune response at a target of interest, e.g., at a cell or microvesicle carrying the target.
  • the basic construct can be modified as desired. For example, Design 2 in FIG.
  • FIG. 6 shows the construct carrying a linker 605 between Primer 2 603 and the IMD 604.
  • linkers are explained further below and can be inserted between any components of the construct as desired. Linkers can provide a desired space between the regions of the construct and can be manipulated to influence other properties such as stability.
  • Design 3 in FIG. 6 shows another example wherein the IMD 604 is an oligonucleotide and the variable region 602 and IMD 604 lie between the primers 601 and 603.
  • one or more linker such as 605 of Design 2
  • the ordering of the oligonucleotide segments from 5’ to 3’ can be modified, e.g., reversed.
  • the multipartite constructs may be synthesized and/or modified as desired.
  • the multipartite oligonucleotide construct is synthesized directly with or without a linker in between the oligonucleotide segments. See, e.g., FIG. 6 Design 3, which can be generated directly via amplification by Primer 1 601 and Primer 2 603.
  • One or more linker can act as a spacer to create a desired spacing between the target of the variable region segment 602 and the target of the IMD segment 604. The spacing can be determined via computer modeling or via experimentation due to steric hindrance or other considerations.
  • the multipartite constructs can be generated against any appropriate target.
  • the targets can include without limitation tumors or diseased tissues, cells, cancer cells, circulating tumor cells (CTCs), immune cells (e.g., B-cells, T-cells, macrophages, dendritic cells), microvesicles, bacteria, viruses or other parasites.
  • CTCs circulating tumor cells
  • immune cells e.g., B-cells, T-cells, macrophages, dendritic cells
  • microvesicles bacteria, viruses or other parasites.
  • the target can be large biological complexes, e.g., protein complexes, ribonucleoprotein complexes, lipid complexes, or a combination thereof.
  • the specific target of the multipartite constructs can be a certain member of the foregoing macromolecular targets. For example, consider that the desired target of the multipartite construct is a particular cell.
  • the multipartite construct can be directed to a specific biomarker, e.g., a surface antigen, of the cell.
  • the target of interest can be B-cells and the specifc target of the variable region of the multipartite construct can be CD20.
  • CD20 is a cellular marker of B-cells targeted by the monoclonal antibodies (mAh) rituximab, obinutuzumab, ofatumumab, ibritumomab tiuxetan, and tositumomab, which are used as agents in the treatment of B-cell lymphomas and leukemias.
  • the target of interest can be cancer cells and the specifc target of the variable region of the multipartite construct can be c-MET.
  • MET is a membrane receptor that is essential for embryonic development and wound healing. Abnormal MET activation in cancer correlates with poor prognosis, where aberrantly active MET triggers tumor growth, formation of new blood vessels (angiogenesis), and cancer spread to other organs (metastasis). MET has been observed to be deregulated in many types of human malignancies, including cancers of kidney, liver, stomach, breast, and brain.
  • Other biomarkers can be used as the specifc target as desired.
  • the biomarker can be selected from any of the aptamer targets in the Examples herein, or Table 4 of International Patent Application PCT/US2016/040157, filed June 29, 2016.
  • the IDM domain can be constructed to illicit a complement mediated immune response that can induce apoptosis.
  • IDM can include but are not limited to Clq, Clr, Cls, Cl, C3a, C3b, C3d, C5a, C2, C4, and cytokines.
  • the IDM region may comprise an oligonucleotide sequence including without limitation Toll-Like Receptor (TLR) agonists like CpG sequences which are immunostimulatory and/or polyG sequences which can be anti-proliferative or pro-apoptotic.
  • TLR Toll-Like Receptor
  • the moiety can be vaccine like moiety or antigen that stimulates an immune response.
  • the immune stimulating moiety comprises a superantigen.
  • the superantigen can be selected from the group consisting of staphylococcal enterotoxins (SEs), a Streptococcus pyogenes exotoxin (SPE), a Staphylococcus aureus toxic shock-syndrome toxin (TSST-1), a streptococcal mitogenic exotoxin (SME), a streptococcal superantigen (SSA), a hepatitis surface antigen, or a combination thereof.
  • SEs staphylococcal enterotoxins
  • SPE Streptococcus pyogenes exotoxin
  • TSST-1 Staphylococcus aureus toxic shock-syndrome toxin
  • SME streptococcal mitogenic exotoxin
  • SSA streptococcal superantigen
  • the immune stimulating moiety can also be a non-specific immunostimulant, such as an adjuvant or other non-specific immunostimulator.
  • Useful adjuvants comprise without limitation aluminium salts, alum, aluminium phosphate, aluminium hydroxide, squalene, oils, MF59, and AS03 (“Adjuvant System 03”).
  • the adjuvant can be selected from the group consisting of Cationic liposome-DNA complex JVRS-100, aluminum hydroxide vaccine adjuvant, aluminum phosphate vaccine adjuvant, aluminum potassium sulfate adjuvant, Alhydrogel, ISCOM(s)TM, Freund’s Complete Adjuvant, Freund’s Incomplete Adjuvant, CpG DNA Vaccine Adjuvant, Cholera toxin, Cholera toxin B subunit, Fiposomes, Saponin Vaccine Adjuvant, DDA Adjuvant, Squalene-based Adjuvants, Etx B subunit Adjuvant, IF- 12 Vaccine Adjuvant, FTK63 Vaccine Mutant Adjuvant,
  • TiterMax Gold Adjuvant Ribi Vaccine Adjuvant, Montanide ISA 720 Adjuvant, Corynebacterium- derived P40 Vaccine Adjuvant, MPFTM Adjuvant, AS04, AS02, Fipopoly saccharide Vaccine Adjuvant, Muramyl Dipeptide Adjuvant, CRT 1005, Killed Corynebacterium parvum Vaccine Adjuvant, Montanide ISA 51, Bordetella pertussis component Vaccine Adjuvant, Cationic Fiposomal Vaccine Adjuvant, Adamantylamide Dipeptide Vaccine Adjuvant, Arlacel A, VSA-3 Adjuvant, Aluminum vaccine adjuvant, Poly gen Vaccine Adjuvant, AdjumerTM, Algal Glucan, Bay R1005, Theramide®, Stearyl Tyrosine,
  • TMDP Threonyl muramyl dipeptide
  • DF-PGF Poly (DF-lactide-co-glycolide)) vaccine adjuvant
  • IF- 15 vaccine adjuvant FTK72 vaccine adjuvant
  • MPF-SE vaccine adjuvant non-toxic mutant E112K of Cholera To
  • Vaxjo a web-based vaccine adjuvant database and its application for analysis of vaccine adjuvants and their uses in vaccine development. Journal of Biomedicine and Biotechnology.
  • a multipartite construct can be created that comprises more than one immunomodulating moiety, e.g., using segments that span CpG sequences which are immunostimulatory with complement directed segments that can stimulate apoptosis.
  • Modifications to the one or more oligonucleotide described herein can be made to alter desired characteristics, including without limitation in vivo stability, specificity, affinity, avidity or nuclease susceptibility. Alterations to the half life may improve stability in vivo or may reduce stability to limit in vivo toxicity. Such alterations can include mutations, truncations or extensions.
  • the 5’ and/or 3’ ends of the multipartite oligonucleotide constructs can be protected or deprotected to modulate stability as well.
  • Modifications to improve in vivo stability, specificity, affinity, avidity or nuclease susceptibility or alter the half life to influence in vivo toxicity may be at the 5’ or 3’ end and include but are not limited to the following: locked nucleic acid (LNA) incorporation, unlocked nucleic acid (UNA) incorporation, phosphorothioate backbone instead of phosphodiester backbone, amino modifiers (i.e. C6-dT), dye conjugates (Cy dues, Fluorophores, etc), Biotinylation, PEG linkers, Click chemistry linkers, dideoxynucleotide end blockers, inverted end bases, cholesterol TEG or other lipid based labels.
  • LNA locked nucleic acid
  • UNA unlocked nucleic acid
  • phosphorothioate backbone instead of phosphodiester backbone
  • amino modifiers i.e. C6-dT
  • dye conjugates Cy dues, Fluorophores, etc
  • Biotinylation
  • Linkage options for segments of the oligonucleotide described herein can be on the 5’ or 3’ end of an oligonucleotide or to a primary amine, sulfhydryl or carboxyl group of an antibody and include but are not limited to the following: Biotin-target oligonucleotide /Ab, streptavidin-complement oligonucleotide or vice versa, amino modified-target Ab/ oligonucleotide, thiol/carboxy -complement oligonucleotide or vice versa, Click chemistry -target Ab/ oligonucleotide, corresponding Click chemistry partner- complement oligonucleotide or vice versa.
  • the linkages may be covalent or non-covalent and may include but are not limited to monovalent, multivalent (i.e. bi, tri or tetra-valent) assembly, to a DNA scaffold (i.e. DNA origami structure), drug/chemotherapeutic agent, nanoparticle, microparticle or a micelle or liposome.
  • a DNA scaffold i.e. DNA origami structure
  • drug/chemotherapeutic agent nanoparticle, microparticle or a micelle or liposome.
  • a linker region can comprise a spacer with homo- or multifunctional reactive groups that can vary in length and type. These include but are not limited to the following: spacer Cl 8, PEG4, PEG6, PEG8, and PEG12.
  • the multipartite oligonucleotide described herein can further comprise additional elements to add desired biological effects.
  • the oligonucleotide described herein may comprise a membrane disruptive moiety.
  • the oligonucleotide described herein may also be conjugated to one or more chemical moiety that provides such effects.
  • the oligonucleotide described herein may be conjugated to a detergent-like moiety to disrupt the membrane of a target cell or microvesicle.
  • Useful ionic detergents include sodium dodecyl sulfate (SDS, sodium lauryl sulfate (SLS)), sodium laureth sulfate (SLS, sodium lauryl ether sulfate (SLES)), ammonium lauryl sulfate (ALS), cetrimonium bromide, cetrimonium chloride, cetrimonium stearate, and the like.
  • SDS sodium dodecyl sulfate
  • SLS sodium lauryl sulfate
  • SLES sodium laureth sulfate
  • ALS ammonium lauryl sulfate
  • cetrimonium bromide cetrimonium chloride
  • cetrimonium stearate and the like.
  • Non-ionic (zwitterionic) detergents include polyoxyethylene glycols, polysorbate 20 (also known as Tween 20), other polysorbates (e.g., 40, 60, 65, 80, etc), Triton-X (e.g., X100, XI 14), 3-[(3-cholamidopropyl)dimethylammonio]-l-propanesulfonate (CHAPS), CHAPSO, deoxycholic acid, sodium deoxycholate, NP-40, glycosides, octyl-thio-glucosides, maltosides, and the like.
  • functional fragments such as membrance disruptive moieties, can be covalently or non-covalently attached to the oligonucleotide described herein.
  • Oligonucleotide segments can include any desireable base modification known in the art. In certain embodiments, oligonucleotide segments are 10 to 50 nucleotides in length. One having ordinary skill in the art will appreciate that this embodies
  • oligonucleotides of 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29, 30, 31, 32, 33, 34, 35, 36, 37, 38, 39, 40, 41, 42, 43, 44, 45, 46, 47, 48, 49, or 50 nucleotides in length, or any range derivable there within.
  • a multipartite construct comprises a chimeric oligonucleotide that contains two or more chemically distinct regions, each made up of at least one nucleotide.
  • Such chimeras can be referred to using terms such as multipartite, multivalent, or the like.
  • the oligonucleotides portions may contain at least one region of modified nucleotides that confers one or more beneficial properties, e.g., increased nuclease resistance, bioavailability, increased binding affinity for the target.
  • Chimeric nucleic acids described herein may be formed as composite structures of two or more oligonucleotides, two or more types of oligonucleotides (e.g., both DNA and RNA segments), modified oligonucleotides, oligonucleosides and/or oligonucleotide mimetics. Such compounds have also been referred to in the art as hybrids.
  • an oligonucleotide described herein comprises at least one nucleotide modified at the 2’ position of the sugar, including without limitation a 2’ -0-alkyl, 2’ -0-alky 1-0-alkyl or 2’- fluoro-modified nucleotide.
  • RNA modifications include 2’- fluoro, 2’-amino and 2’ O-methyl modifications on the ribose of pyrimidines, a basic residue or an inverted base at the 3’ end of the RNA. Such modifications are routinely incorporated into oligonucleotides and these
  • oligonucleotides have been shown to have higher target binding affinity in some cases than 2’- deoxyoligonucleotides against a given target.
  • modified oligonucleotides include those comprising backbones comprising, for example, phosphorothioates, phosphotriesters, methyl phosphonates, short chain alkyl or cycloalkyl intersugar linkages or short chain heteroatomic or heterocyclic intersugar linkages.
  • constructs described herein can comprise oligonucleotides with phosphorothioate backbones and/or heteroatom backbones, e.g., CH2 -NH-0-CH2, CH , ⁇ N(CH3) ⁇ 0 ⁇ CH2 (known as a methylene (methylimino) or MMI backbone], CH2 -O-N (CH3)-CH2, CH2 -N (CH3)-N (CH3)-CH2 and O-N (CH3)- CH2 -CH2 backbones, wherein the native phosphodiester backbone is represented as O- P— O- CH,); amide backbones (De Mesmaeker et ah,
  • morpholino backbone structures (Summerton and Weller, U.S. Pat. No. 5,034,506); peptide nucleic acid (PNA) backbone (wherein the phosphodiester backbone of the oligonucleotide is replaced with a polyamide backbone, the nucleotides being bound directly or indirectly to the aza nitrogen atoms of the polyamide backbone (Nielsen, et al., 1991), each of which is herein incorporated by reference in its entirety.
  • PNA peptide nucleic acid
  • Phosphorus- containing linkages include, but are not limited to, phosphorothioates, chiral phosphorothioates, phosphorodithioates, phosphotriesters, aminoalkylphosphotriesters, methyl and other alkyl phosphonates comprising 3’alkylene phosphonates and chiral phosphonates, phosphinates, phosphoramidates comprising 3‘-amino phosphoramidate and aminoalkylphosphoramidates, thionophosphoramidates, thionoalkylphosphonates, thionoalkylphosphotriesters, and boranophosphates having normal 3‘-5’ linkages, 2’-5’ linked analogs of these, and those having inverted polarity wherein the adjacent pairs of nucleoside units are linked 3*-5* to 5*-3* or 2*-5* to 5*-2*; see U.S.
  • Morpholino-based oligomeric compounds are known in the art described in Braasch & Corey, Biochemistry vol. 41, no. 14, 2002, pages 4503 - 4510; Genesis vol. 30, 2001, page 3; Heasman, J. Dev. Biol. vol. 243, 2002, pages 209 - 214; Nasevicius et al. Nat. Genet vol. 26, 2000, pages 216 - 220; Lacerra et al. Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. vol. 97, 2000, pages 9591 - 9596 and U.S. Pat. No. 5,034,506, issued Jul. 23, 1991, each of which is herein incorporated by reference in its entirety.
  • Cyclohexenyl nucleic acid oligonucleotide mimetics are described in Wang et al., J. Am. Chem. Soc. Vol. 122, 2000, pages 8595 - 8602, the contents of which is incorporated herein in its entirety.
  • An oligonucleotide described herein can comprise at least such modification as desired.
  • Modified oligonucleotide backbones that do not include a phosphorus atom therein have backbones that can be formed by short chain alkyl or cycloalkyl intemucleoside linkages, mixed heteroatom and alkyl or cycloalkyl intemucleoside linkages, or one or more short chain heteroatomic or heterocyclic intemucleoside linkages.
  • These comprise those having morpholino linkages (formed in part from the sugar portion of a nucleoside); siloxane backbones; sulfide, sulfoxide and sulfone backbones; formacetyl and thioformacetyl backbones; methylene formacetyl and thioformacetyl backbones; alkene containing backbones; sulfamate backbones; methyleneimino and methylenehydrazino backbones;
  • oligonucleotide described herein can comprise at least such modification as desired.
  • an oligonucleotide described herein comprises one or more substituted sugar moieties, e.g., one of the following at the 2’ position: OH, SH, SCH 3 , F, OCN, OCH 3 OCH 3 , OCH 3 0(CH 2 )n CH 3 , 0(CH 2 )n NH 2 or 0(CH 2 )n CH 3 where n is from 1 to about 10; Ci to CIO lower alkyl, alkoxyalkoxy, substituted lower alkyl, alkaryl or aralkyl; CI; Br; CN; CF 3 ; OCF 3 ; 0-, S-, or N-alkyl; 0-, S-, or N-alkenyl; SOCH 3 ; S0 2 CH 3 ; ON0 2 ; N 0 2 ; N 3 ; NH 2 ; heterocycloalkyl; heterocycloalkaryl;
  • a preferred modification includes 2’ -methoxy ethoxy [2’-0- CH2CH20CH3, also known as 2’-0-(2-methoxyethyl)].
  • Other preferred modifications include 2*-methoxy (2*-0-CH3), 2*-propoxy (2*-OCH2 CH2CH3) and 2*-fiuoro (2*-F).
  • Oligonucleotides may also have sugar mimetics such as cyclobutyls in place of the pentofuranosyl group.
  • an oligonucleotide described herein comprises one or more base modifications and/or substitutions.
  • “unmodified” or“natural” bases include adenine (A), guanine (G), thymine (T), cytosine (C) and uracil (U).
  • Modified bases include, without limitation, bases found only infrequently or transiently in natural nucleic acids, e.g., hypoxanthine, 6-methyladenine, 5 -Me pyrimidines, particularly 5-methylcytosine (also referred to as 5-methyl-2’ deoxy cytosine and often referred to in the art as 5-Me-C), 5- hydroxymethylcytosine (HMC), glycosyl HMC and gentobiosyl HMC, as well as synthetic bases, e.g., 2-aminoadenine, 2-(methylamino)adenine, 2- (imidazolylalkyl)adenine, 2- (aminoalklyamino)adenine or other heterosubstituted alkyladenines, 2- thiouracil, 2- thiothymine, 5-bromouracil, 5-hydroxymethyluracil, 8-azaguanine, 7-deazaguanine, N6 (6- aminohexyl)adenine and 2,6-
  • A“universal” base known in the art e.g., inosine
  • 5-Me-C substitutions can also be included. These have been shown to increase nucleic acid duplex stability by 0.6- 1.20C. See, e.g., Sanghvi et al., ‘Antisense Research & Applications’, 1993, CRC PRESS pages 276 - 278. Further suitable modified bases are described in U.S. Patent Nos.
  • both a sugar and an intemucleoside linkage, i.e., the backbone, of one or more nucleotide units within an oligonucleotide described herein are replaced with novel groups.
  • the base can be maintained for hybridization with an appropriate nucleic acid target compound.
  • One such oligomeric compound, an oligonucleotide mimetic that has been shown to retain hybridization properties is referred to as a peptide nucleic acid (PNA).
  • PNA peptide nucleic acid
  • oligonucleotide is replaced with an amide containing backbone, for example, an aminoethylglycine backbone.
  • the nucleobases are retained and are bound directly or indirectly to aza nitrogen atoms of the amide portion of the backbone.
  • Representative patents that teach the preparation of PNA compounds comprise, but are not limited to, U.S. Patent Nos. 5,539,082; 5,714,331; and 5,719,262, each of which is herein incorporated by reference. Further teaching of PNA compounds can be found in Nielsen et al. Science vol. 254, 1991, page 1497, which is herein incorporated by reference.
  • the oligonucleotide described herein is linked (covalently or non- covalently) to one or more moieties or conjugates that enhance activity, cellular distribution, or localization.
  • moieties include, without limitation, lipid moieties such as a cholesterol moiety (Letsinger et al. Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. Usa. vol. 86, 1989, pages 6553 - 6556), cholic acid (Manoharan et al. Bioorg. Med. Chem. Let. vol.
  • a thioether e.g., hexyl-S- tritylthiol (Manoharan et al. Ann. N. Y. Acad. Sci. Vol. 660, 1992, pages 306 - 309; Manoharan et al. Bioorg. Med. Chem. Let. vol. 3, 1993, pages 2765 - 2770), a thiochole sterol (Oberhauser et al. Nucl. Acids Res. vol. 20, 1992, pages 533 - 538), an aliphatic chain, e.g., dodecandiol or undecyl residues (Kabanov et al. Febs Lett.
  • a phospholipid e.g., di-hexadecyl-rac-glycerol or triethylammonium 1 ,2-di-O-hexadecyl- rac- glycero-3- H-phosphonate (Manoharan et al. Tetrahedron Lett. vol. 36, 1995, pages 3651 - 3654; Shea et al. Nucl. Acids Res. vol. 18, 1990, pages 3777 - 3783), a polyamine or a polyethylene glycol chain (Mancharan et al.
  • the oligonucleotide described herein can be modified to incorporate a wide variety of modified nucleotides as desired.
  • the construct may be synthesized entirely of modified nucleotides or with a subset of modified nucleotides.
  • the modifications can be the same or different.
  • Some or all nucleotides may be modified, and those that are modified may contain the same modification.
  • all nucleotides containing the same base may have one type of modification, while nucleotides containing other bases may have different types of modification.
  • All purine nucleotides may have one type of modification (or are unmodified), while all pyrimidine nucleotides have another, different type of modification (or are unmodified).
  • the construct may comprise any combination of desired modifications, including for example, ribonucleotides (2’-OH), deoxyribonucleotides (2’-deoxy), 2’- amino nucleotides (2’-NH2), 2’- fluoro nucleotides (2’-F) and 2’-0-methyl (2’-OMe) nucleotides.
  • desired modifications including for example, ribonucleotides (2’-OH), deoxyribonucleotides (2’-deoxy), 2’- amino nucleotides (2’-NH2), 2’- fluoro nucleotides (2’-F) and 2’-0-methyl (2’-OMe) nucleotides.
  • the oligonucleotide described herein is synthesized using a transcription mixture containing modified nucleotides in order to generate a modified construct.
  • a transcription mixture may contain only 2’-OMe A, G, C and U and/or T triphosphates (2’-OMe ATP, 2’- OMe UTP and/or 2*-OMe TTP, 2*-OMe CTP and 2*-OMe GTP), referred to as an MNA or mRmY mixture.
  • Oligonucleotides generated therefrom are referred to as MNA oligonucleotides or mRmY oligonucleotides and contain only 2’-0-methyl nucleotides.
  • a transcription mixture containing all 2’-OH nucleotides is referred to as an“rN” mixture, and oligonucleotides generated therefrom are referred to as “rN”,“rRrY” or RNA oligonucleotides.
  • a transcription mixture containing all deoxy nucleotides is referred to as a“dN” mixture, and oligonucleotides generated therefrom are referred to as“dN”,“dRdY” or DNA oligonucleotides.
  • nucleotides may comprise a first modified nucleotides (e.g., 2’-OMe) nucleotides and the remainder (e.g., A and G) comprise a second modified nucleotide (e.g., 2’ -OH or 2’-F).
  • a transcription mixture containing 2’-F U and 2’- OMe A, G and C is referred to as a“fUmV” mixture, and oligonucleotides generated therefrom are referred to as“fUmV” oligonucleotides.
  • a transcription mixture containing 2’-F A and G, and 2’-OMe C and U and/or T is referred to as an“fRmY” mixture, and oligonucleotides generated therefrom are referred to as“fRmY” oligonucleotides.
  • a transcription mixture containing 2’-F A and 2’-OMe C, G and U and/or T is referred to as“fAmB” mixture, and oligonucleotides generated therefrom are referred to as “fAmB” oligonucleotides.
  • aptamer segments e.g., variable regions or immunomodulatory regions that comprise an aptamer to a biomarker target or other entity
  • process modifications include, but are not limited to, truncation, deletion, substitution, or modification of a sugar or base or intemucleotide linkage, capping, and PEGylation.
  • sequence requirements of an aptamer may be explored through doped reselections or aptamer medicinal chemistry. Doped reselections are carried out using a synthetic, degenerate pool that has been designed based on the aptamer of interest.
  • the level of degeneracy usually varies from about 70-85% from the aptamer of interest.
  • sequences with neutral mutations are identified through the doped reselection process.
  • Aptamer medicinal chemistry is an aptamer improvement technique in which sets of variant aptamers are chemically synthesized. These variants are then compared to each other and to the parent aptamer.
  • Aptamer medicinal chemistry is used to explore the local, rather than global, introduction of substituents.
  • modifications at a sugar, base, and/or intemucleotide linkage such as 2’-deoxy, 2’-ribo, or 2’ -0-methyl purines or pyrimidines
  • phosphorothioate linkages may be introduced between nucleotides
  • a cap may be introduced at the 5’ or 3’ end of the aptamer (such as 3’ inverted dT cap) to block degradation by exonucleases
  • PEG polyethylene glycol
  • compositions comprising an oligonucleotide described herein and uses thereof are further described below.
  • oligonucleotide probes described herein bind to specific tissues, cells, microvesicles or other biological entities of interest, such oligonucleotide probes target such entities and are inherently drug candidates, agents that can be used for targeted drug delivery, or both.
  • compositions described herein comprise one or more oligonucleotide described herein, e.g., as a standalone drug, as a drug delivery agent, as a multipartite construct as described above, or any combination thereof.
  • the invention further provides methods of administering such compositions.
  • compositions comprising gemcitabine and/or evofosphamide for use in a method described herein, e.g., in a subject identified as likely to respond to such treatment using a method described herein.
  • condition means an interruption, cessation, or disorder of a bodily function, system, or organ.
  • Representative conditions include, but are not limited to, diseases such as cancer, inflammation, diabetes, and organ failure.
  • phrase“treating,”“treatment of,” and the like include the amelioration or cessation of a specified condition.
  • phrase“preventing,”“prevention of,” and the like include the avoidance of the onset of a condition.
  • salt means two compounds that are not covalently bound but are chemically bound by ionic interactions.
  • the term“pharmaceutically acceptable,” as used herein, when referring to a component of a pharmaceutical composition means that the component, when administered to an animal, does not have undue adverse effects such as excessive toxicity, irritation, or allergic response commensurate with a reasonable benefit/risk ratio.
  • the term“pharmaceutically acceptable organic solvent,” as used herein means an organic solvent that when administered to an animal does not have undue adverse effects such as excessive toxicity, irritation, or allergic response commensurate with a reasonable benefit/risk ratio.
  • the pharmaceutically acceptable organic solvent is a solvent that is generally recognized as safe (“GRAS”) by the United States Food and Drug Administration (“FDA”).
  • GRAS solvent that is generally recognized as safe
  • FDA United States Food and Drug Administration
  • the term“pharmaceutically acceptable organic base,” as used herein means an organic base that when administered to an animal does not have undue adverse effects such as excessive toxicity, irritation, or allergic response commensurate with a reasonable benefit/risk ratio.
  • the phrase“injectable” or“injectable composition,” as used herein, means a composition that can be drawn into a syringe and injected subcutaneously, intraperitoneally, or intramuscularly into an animal without causing adverse effects due to the presence of solid material in the composition.
  • Solid materials include, but are not limited to, crystals, gummy masses, and gels.
  • a formulation or composition is considered to be injectable when no more than about 15%, preferably no more than about 10%, more preferably no more than about 5%, even more preferably no more than about 2%, and most preferably no more than about 1% of the formulation is retained on a 0.22 pm filter when the formulation is filtered through the filter at 98° F.
  • compositions described herein which are gels, that can be easily dispensed from a syringe but will be retained on a 0.22 pm filter.
  • the term“injectable,” as used herein includes these gel compositions.
  • the term “injectable,” as used herein further includes compositions that when warmed to a temperature of up to about 40° C. and then filtered through a 0.22 pm filter, no more than about 15%, preferably no more than about 10%, more preferably no more than about 5%, even more preferably no more than about 2%, and most preferably no more than about 1% of the formulation is retained on the filter.
  • an example of an injectable pharmaceutical composition is a solution of a pharmaceutically active compound (for example, one or more oligonucleotide described herein, e.g. , a multipartite construct, an anti-ClQ oligonucleotide, a 10.36 oligonucleotide, as described above, or any combination thereof) in a pharmaceutically acceptable solvent.
  • a pharmaceutically active compound for example, one or more oligonucleotide described herein, e.g. , a multipartite construct, an anti-ClQ oligonucleotide, a 10.36 oligonucleotide, as described above, or any combination thereof.
  • injectable solutions have inherent properties, e.g., sterility, pharmaceutically acceptable excipients and free of harmful measures of pyrogens or similar contaminants.
  • solution means a uniformly dispersed mixture at the molecular or ionic level of one or more substances (solute), in one or more other substances (solvent), typically a liquid.
  • the term“suspension,” as used herein, means solid particles that are evenly dispersed in a solvent, which can be aqueous or non-aqueous.
  • the term“animal,” as used herein, includes, but is not limited to, humans, canines, felines, equines, bovines, ovines, porcines, amphibians, reptiles, and avians.
  • Representative animals include, but are not limited to a cow, a horse, a sheep, a pig, an ungulate, a chimpanzee, a monkey, a baboon, a chicken, a turkey, a mouse, a rabbit, a rat, a guinea pig, a dog, a cat, and a human.
  • the animal is a mammal.
  • the animal is a human.
  • the animal is a non-human.
  • the animal is a canine, a feline, an equine, a bovine, an ovine, or a porcine.
  • the phrase“drug depot,” as used herein means a precipitate, which includes one or more oligonucleotide described herein, e.g. , a multipartite construct, an anti-ClQ oligonucleotide, a 10.36 oligonucleotide, as described above, or any combination thereof, formed within the body of a treated animal that releases the oligonucleotide over time to provide a pharmaceutically effective amount of the oligonucleotide.
  • oligonucleotide described herein e.g. , a multipartite construct, an anti-ClQ oligonucleotide, a 10.36 oligonucleotide, as described above, or any combination thereof, formed within the body of a treated animal that releases the oligonucleotide over time to provide a pharmaceutically effective amount of the oligonucleotide.
  • phrase“substantially free of,” as used herein, means less than about 2 percent by weight.
  • phrase“a pharmaceutical composition substantially free of water” means that the amount of water in the pharmaceutical composition is less than about 2 percent by weight of the pharmaceutical composition.
  • the term“effective amount,” as used herein, means an amount sufficient to treat or prevent a condition in an animal.
  • the nucleotides that make up the oligonucleotide described herein can be modified to, for example, improve their stability, i.e., improve their in vivo half-life, and/or to reduce their rate of excretion when administered to an animal.
  • the term“modified” encompasses nucleotides with a covalently modified base and/or sugar.
  • modified nucleotides include nucleotides having sugars which are covalently attached to low molecular weight organic groups other than a hydroxyl group at the 3' position and other than a phosphate group at the 5' position.
  • Modified nucleotides may also include 2' substituted sugars such as 2'-0-methyl-; 2'-0-alkyl; 2'-0-allyl; 2'-S-alkyl; 2'-S-allyl; 2'-fluoro-; 2'-halo or 2'-azido-ribose; carbocyclic sugar analogues; a-anomeric sugars; and epimeric sugars such as arabinose, xyloses or lyxoses, pyranose sugars, furanose sugars, and sedoheptulose.
  • 2' substituted sugars such as 2'-0-methyl-; 2'-0-alkyl; 2'-0-allyl; 2'-S-alkyl; 2'-S-allyl; 2'-fluoro-; 2'-halo or 2'-azido-ribose
  • carbocyclic sugar analogues such as arabinose, xyloses or lyxoses, pyr
  • Modified nucleotides include, but are not limited to, alkylated purines and/or pyrimidines; acylated purines and/or pyrimidines; or other heterocycles. These classes of pyrimidines and purines are known in the art and include, pseudoisocytosine; N4,N4-ethanocytosine; 8- hydroxy-N6-methyladenine; 4-acetylcytosine, 5-(carboxyhydroxylmethyl) uracil; 5-fluorouracil; 5- bromouracil; 5-carboxymethylaminomethyl-2-thiouracil; 5-carboxymethylaminomethyl uracil;
  • oligonucleotide described herein can also be modified by replacing one or more
  • Alternative linking groups include, but are not limited to embodiments wherein P(0)0 is replaced by P(0)S, P(S)S, P(0)NR2, P(0)R, P(0)OR', CO, or CH2, wherein each R or R' is independently H or a substituted or unsubstituted C1-C20 alkyl.
  • R substitutions for the P(0)NR2 group are hydrogen and methoxy ethyl.
  • Linking groups are typically attached to each adjacent nucleotide through an— O— bond, but may be modified to include— N— or— S— bonds. Not all linkages in an oligomer need to be identical.
  • the oligonucleotide described herein can also be modified by conjugation to a polymer, for example, to reduce the rate of excretion when administered to an animal.
  • the oligonucleotide can be“PEGylated,” i.e., conjugated to polyethylene glycol (“PEG”).
  • PEG polyethylene glycol
  • the PEG has an average molecular weight ranging from about 20 kD to 80 kD.
  • oligonucleotide with a polymer such PEG
  • a polymer such PEG
  • oligonucleotide described herein e.g., a multipartite construct, an anti-ClQ oligonucleotide, a 10.36 oligonucleotide, as described above, or any combination thereof, can be used in the
  • the pharmaceutical composition further comprises a solvent.
  • the solvent comprises water.
  • the solvent comprises a pharmaceutically acceptable organic solvent. Any useful and pharmaceutically acceptable organic solvents can be used in the compositions described herein.
  • the pharmaceutical composition is a solution of the salt in the
  • the pharmaceutical composition comprises a pharmaceutically acceptable organic solvent and further comprises a phospholipid, a sphingomyelin, or phosphatidyl choline.
  • a phospholipid, a sphingomyelin, or phosphatidyl choline facilitates formation of a precipitate when the pharmaceutical composition is injected into water and can also facilitate controlled release of the oligonucleotide from the resulting precipitate.
  • the phospholipid, sphingomyelin, or phosphatidyl choline is present in an amount ranging from greater than 0 to 10 percent by weight of the pharmaceutical composition.
  • the phospholipid, sphingomyelin, or phosphatidyl choline is present in an amount ranging from about 0.1 to 10 percent by weight of the pharmaceutical composition. In some embodiments, the phospholipid, sphingomyelin, or phosphatidyl choline is present in an amount ranging from about 1 to 7.5 percent by weight of the pharmaceutical composition. In some embodiments, the phospholipid, sphingomyelin, or phosphatidyl choline is present in an amount ranging from about 1.5 to 5 percent by weight of the pharmaceutical composition. In some embodiments, the phospholipid, sphingomyelin, or phosphatidyl choline is present in an amount ranging from about 2 to 4 percent by weight of the pharmaceutical composition.
  • the pharmaceutical compositions can optionally comprise one or more additional excipients or additives to provide a dosage form suitable for administration to an animal.
  • the oligonucleotide containing pharmaceutical compositions are typically administered as a component of a composition that comprises a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or excipient so as to provide the form for proper administration to the animal.
  • Suitable pharmaceutical excipients are described in Remington’s Pharmaceutical Sciences 1447-1676 (Alfonso R. Gennaro ed., 19th ed. 1995), incorporated herein by reference.
  • compositions can take the form of solutions, suspensions, emulsion, tablets, pills, pellets, capsules, capsules containing liquids, powders, suppositories, emulsions, aerosols, sprays, suspensions, or any other form suitable for use.
  • compositions for intravenous or parenteral administration are formulated for intravenous or parenteral administration.
  • compositions for intravenous or parenteral administration comprise a suitable sterile solvent, which may be an isotonic aqueous buffer or pharmaceutically acceptable organic solvent.
  • the compositions can also include a solubilizing agent.
  • Compositions for intravenous administration can optionally include a local anesthetic such as lidocaine to lessen pain at the site of the injection.
  • the ingredients are supplied either separately or mixed together in unit dosage form, for example, as a dry lyophilized powder or water free concentrate in a hermetically sealed container such as an ampoule or sachette indicating the quantity of active agent.
  • oligonucleotide-containing pharmaceutical compositions are to be administered by infusion, they can be dispensed, for example, with an infusion bottle containing, for example, sterile pharmaceutical grade water or saline.
  • an ampoule of sterile water for injection, saline, or other solvent such as a pharmaceutically acceptable organic solvent can be provided so that the ingredients can be mixed prior to administration.
  • compositions for oral delivery can be in the form of tablets, lozenges, aqueous or oily suspensions, granules, powders, emulsions, capsules, syrups, or elixirs, for example.
  • Oral compositions can include standard excipients such as mannitol, lactose, starch, magnesium stearate, sodium saccharin, cellulose, and magnesium carbonate. Typically, the excipients are of pharmaceutical grade.
  • Orally administered compositions can also contain one or more agents, for example, sweetening agents such as fructose, aspartame or saccharin; flavoring agents such as peppermint, oil of wintergreen, or cherry; coloring agents; and preserving agents, to provide a pharmaceutically palatable preparation.
  • the compositions when in tablet or pill form, can be coated to delay disintegration and absorption in the gastrointestinal tract thereby providing a sustained action over an extended period of time.
  • Selectively permeable membranes surrounding an osmotically active driving compound are also suitable for orally administered compositions.
  • a time-delay material such as glycerol monostearate or glycerol stearate can also be used.
  • compositions further comprising a solvent can optionally comprise a suitable amount of a pharmaceutically acceptable preservative, if desired, so as to provide additional protection against microbial growth.
  • a pharmaceutically acceptable preservative useful in the pharmaceutical compositions described herein include, but are not limited to, potassium sorbate, methylparaben, propylparaben, benzoic acid and its salts, other esters of parahydroxy benzoic acid such as butylparaben, alcohols such as ethyl or benzyl alcohol, phenolic compounds such as phenol, or quaternary compounds such as benzalkonium chlorides (e.g., benzethonium chloride).
  • the pharmaceutical compositions described herein optionally contain a suitable amount of a pharmaceutically acceptable polymer.
  • the polymer can increase the viscosity of the pharmaceutical composition.
  • Suitable polymers for use in the compositions and methods described herein include, but are not limited to, hydroxypropylcellulose, hydoxypropylmethylcellulose (HPMC), chitosan, poly aery lie acid, and polymethacrylic acid.
  • the polymer is present in an amount ranging from greater than 0 to 10 percent by weight of the pharmaceutical composition. In some embodiments, the polymer is present in an amount ranging from about 0.1 to 10 percent by weight of the pharmaceutical composition. In some embodiments, the polymer is present in an amount ranging from about 1 to 7.5 percent by weight of the pharmaceutical composition. In some embodiments, the polymer is present in an amount ranging from about 1.5 to 5 percent by weight of the pharmaceutical composition. In some embodiments, the polymer is present in an amount ranging from about 2 to 4 percent by weight of the pharmaceutical composition. In some embodiments, the pharmaceutical compositions described herein are substantially free of polymers.
  • any additional components added to the pharmaceutical compositions described herein are designated as GRAS by the FDA for use or consumption by animals. In some embodiments, any additional components added to the pharmaceutical compositions described herein are designated as GRAS by the FDA for use or consumption by humans.
  • the components of the pharmaceutical composition are preferably biocompatible and non-toxic and, over time, are simply absorbed and/or metabolized by the body.
  • compositions described herein can further comprise a solvent.
  • the solvent comprises water.
  • the solvent comprises a pharmaceutically acceptable organic solvent.
  • the oligonucleotide described herein e.g. , a multipartite construct, an anti- C1Q oligonucleotide, a 10.36 oligonucleotide, as described above, or any combination thereof, are available as the salt of a metal cation, for example, as the potassium or sodium salt.
  • These salts may have low solubility in aqueous solvents and/or organic solvents, typically, less than about 25 mg/mL.
  • compositions described herein comprising (i) an amino acid ester or amino acid amide and (ii) a protonated oligonucleotide, however, may be significantly more soluble in aqueous solvents and/or organic solvents.
  • amino acid ester or amino acid amide and the protonated oligonucleotide form a salt, such as illustrated above, and the salt is soluble in aqueous and/or organic solvents.
  • compositions comprising (i) an oligonucleotide described herein; (ii) a divalent metal cation; and (iii) optionally a carboxylate, a phospholipid, a phosphatidyl choline, or a sphingomyelin form a salt, such as illustrated above, and the salt is soluble in aqueous and/or organic solvents.
  • the concentration of the oligonucleotide described herein in the solvent is greater than about 2 percent by weight of the pharmaceutical composition. In some embodiments, the concentration of the oligonucleotide described herein in the solvent is greater than about 5 percent by weight of the pharmaceutical composition. In some embodiments, the concentration of the oligonucleotide in the solvent is greater than about 7.5 percent by weight of the pharmaceutical composition. In some embodiments, the concentration of the oligonucleotide in the solvent is greater than about 10 percent by weight of the pharmaceutical composition. In some embodiments, the concentration of the oligonucleotide in the solvent is greater than about 12 percent by weight of the pharmaceutical composition.
  • the concentration of the oligonucleotide in the solvent is greater than about 15 percent by weight of the pharmaceutical composition. In some embodiments, the concentration of the oligonucleotide in the solvent is ranges from about 2 percent to 5 percent by weight of the pharmaceutical composition. In some embodiments, the concentration of the oligonucleotide in the solvent is ranges from about 2 percent to 7.5 percent by weight of the pharmaceutical composition. In some embodiments, the concentration of the oligonucleotide in the solvent ranges from about 2 percent to 10 percent by weight of the
  • the concentration of the oligonucleotide in the solvent is ranges from about 2 percent to 12 percent by weight of the pharmaceutical composition. In some embodiments, the concentration of the oligonucleotide in the solvent is ranges from about 2 percent to 15 percent by weight of the pharmaceutical composition. In some embodiments, the concentration of the oligonucleotide in the solvent is ranges from about 2 percent to 20 percent by weight of the pharmaceutical composition.
  • any pharmaceutically acceptable organic solvent can be used in the pharmaceutical compositions described herein.
  • pharmaceutically acceptable organic solvents include, but are not limited to, pyrrolidone, N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone, polyethylene glycol, propylene glycol (i.e., 1,3- propylene glycol), glycerol formal, isosorbid dimethyl ether, ethanol, dimethyl sulfoxide, tetraglycol, tetrahydrofurfuryl alcohol, triacetin, propylene carbonate, dimethyl acetamide, dimethyl formamide, dimethyl sulfoxide, and combinations thereof.
  • the pharmaceutically acceptable organic solvent is a water soluble solvent.
  • a representative pharmaceutically acceptable water soluble organic solvents is triacetin.
  • the pharmaceutically acceptable organic solvent is a water miscible solvent.
  • Representative pharmaceutically acceptable water miscible organic solvents include, but are not limited to, glycerol formal, polyethylene glycol, and propylene glycol.
  • the pharmaceutically acceptable organic solvent comprises pyrrolidone. In some embodiments, the pharmaceutically acceptable organic solvent is pyrrolidone substantially free of another organic solvent.
  • the pharmaceutically acceptable organic solvent comprises N-methyl-2- pyrrolidone. In some embodiments, the pharmaceutically acceptable organic solvent is N-methyl-2- pyrrolidone substantially free of another organic solvent.
  • the pharmaceutically acceptable organic solvent comprises polyethylene glycol. In some embodiments, the pharmaceutically acceptable organic solvent is polyethylene glycol substantially free of another organic solvent.
  • the pharmaceutically acceptable organic solvent comprises propylene glycol. In some embodiments, the pharmaceutically acceptable organic solvent is propylene glycol substantially free of another organic solvent.
  • the pharmaceutically acceptable organic solvent comprises glycerol formal. In some embodiments, the pharmaceutically acceptable organic solvent is glycerol formal substantially free of another organic solvent.
  • the pharmaceutically acceptable organic solvent comprises isosorbid dimethyl ether. In some embodiments, the pharmaceutically acceptable organic solvent is isosorbid dimethyl ether substantially free of another organic solvent. [00316] In some embodiments, the pharmaceutically acceptable organic solvent comprises ethanol. In some embodiments, the pharmaceutically acceptable organic solvent is ethanol substantially free of another organic solvent.
  • the pharmaceutically acceptable organic solvent comprises dimethyl sulfoxide. In some embodiments, the pharmaceutically acceptable organic solvent is dimethyl sulfoxide substantially free of another organic solvent.
  • the pharmaceutically acceptable organic solvent comprises tetraglycol. In some embodiments, the pharmaceutically acceptable organic solvent is tetraglycol substantially free of another organic solvent.
  • the pharmaceutically acceptable organic solvent comprises
  • the pharmaceutically acceptable organic solvent is tetrahydrofurfuryl alcohol substantially free of another organic solvent.
  • the pharmaceutically acceptable organic solvent comprises triacetin. In some embodiments, the pharmaceutically acceptable organic solvent is triacetin substantially free of another organic solvent.
  • the pharmaceutically acceptable organic solvent comprises propylene carbonate. In some embodiments, the pharmaceutically acceptable organic solvent is propylene carbonate substantially free of another organic solvent.
  • the pharmaceutically acceptable organic solvent comprises dimethyl acetamide. In some embodiments, the pharmaceutically acceptable organic solvent is dimethyl acetamide substantially free of another organic solvent.
  • the pharmaceutically acceptable organic solvent comprises dimethyl formamide. In some embodiments, the pharmaceutically acceptable organic solvent is dimethyl formamide substantially free of another organic solvent.
  • the pharmaceutically acceptable organic solvent comprises at least two pharmaceutically acceptable organic solvents.
  • the pharmaceutically acceptable organic solvent comprises N-methyl-2- pyrrolidone and glycerol formal. In some embodiments, the pharmaceutically acceptable organic solvent is N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone and glycerol formal. In some embodiments, the ratio of N-methyl-2- pyrrolidone to glycerol formal ranges from about 90: 10 to 10:90.
  • the pharmaceutically acceptable organic solvent comprises propylene glycol and glycerol formal.
  • the pharmaceutically acceptable organic solvent is propylene glycol and glycerol formal.
  • the ratio of propylene glycol to glycerol formal ranges from about 90: 10 to 10:90.
  • the pharmaceutically acceptable organic solvent is a solvent that is recognized as GRAS by the FDA for administration or consumption by animals. In some embodiments, the pharmaceutically acceptable organic solvent is a solvent that is recognized as GRAS by the FDA for administration or consumption by humans. [00328] In some embodiments, the pharmaceutically acceptable organic solvent is substantially free of water. In some embodiments, the pharmaceutically acceptable organic solvent contains less than about 1 percent by weight of water. In some embodiments, the pharmaceutically acceptable organic solvent contains less about 0.5 percent by weight of water. In some embodiments, the pharmaceutically acceptable organic solvent contains less about 0.2 percent by weight of water. Pharmaceutically acceptable organic solvents that are substantially free of water are advantageous since they are not conducive to bacterial growth.
  • compositions that are substantially free of water.
  • Another advantage of pharmaceutical compositions that use a pharmaceutically acceptable organic solvent, preferably substantially free of water, as the solvent is that hydrolysis of the oligonucleotide is minimized. Typically, the more water present in the solvent the more readily the oligonucleotide can be hydrolyzed. Accordingly,
  • oligonucleotide containing pharmaceutical compositions that use a pharmaceutically acceptable organic solvent as the solvent can be more stable than oligonucleotide containing pharmaceutical compositions that use water as the solvent.
  • the pharmaceutical composition is injectable.
  • the injectable pharmaceutical compositions are of sufficiently low viscosity that they can be easily drawn into a 20 gauge and needle and then easily expelled from the 20 gauge needle.
  • the viscosity of the injectable pharmaceutical compositions are less than about 1,200 cps.
  • the viscosity of the injectable pharmaceutical compositions are less than about 1,000 cps.
  • the viscosity of the injectable pharmaceutical compositions are less than about 800 cps.
  • the viscosity of the injectable pharmaceutical compositions are less than about 500 cps.
  • compositions having a viscosity greater than about 1,200 cps and even greater than about 2,000 cps are also within the scope described herein provided that the compositions can be expelled through an 18 to 24 gauge needle.
  • the pharmaceutical composition is injectable and does not form a precipitate when injected into water.
  • the pharmaceutical composition comprising a pharmaceutically acceptable organic solvent
  • the pharmaceutical composition is injectable and forms a precipitate when injected into water.
  • a salt such as illustrated above, which is soluble in the pharmaceutically acceptable organic solvent but insoluble in water.
  • the pharmaceutical composition comprises (i) an oligonucleotide; (ii) a divalent metal cation; and (iii) optionally a carboxylate, a phospholipid, a phosphatidyl choline, or a sphingomyelin, it is believed that the components of the composition form a salt, such as illustrated above, which is soluble in the pharmaceutically acceptable organic solvent but insoluble in water. Accordingly, when the pharmaceutical composition comprises (i) an oligonucleotide; (ii) a divalent metal cation; and (iii) optionally a carboxylate, a phospholipid, a phosphatidyl choline, or a sphingomyelin, it is believed that the components of the composition form a salt, such as illustrated above, which is soluble in the pharmaceutically acceptable organic solvent but insoluble in water. Accordingly, when the
  • compositions are injected into an animal, at least a portion of the pharmaceutical composition precipitates at the injection site to provide a drug depot.
  • the pharmaceutically acceptable organic solvent diffuses away from the injection site and aqueous bodily fluids diffuse towards the injection site, resulting in an increase in concentration of water at the injection site, that causes at least a portion of the composition to precipitate and form a drug depot.
  • the precipitate can take the form of a solid, a crystal, a gummy mass, or a gel.
  • the precipitate provides a depot of the oligonucleotide at the injection site that releases the oligonucleotide over time.
  • the components of the pharmaceutical composition i.e., the amino acid ester or amino acid amide, the pharmaceutically acceptable organic solvent, and any other components are biocompatible and non-toxic and, over time, are simply absorbed and/or metabolized by the body.
  • the pharmaceutical composition is injectable and forms liposomal or micellar structures when injected into water (typically about 500 pL are injected into about 4 mL of water).
  • liposomal or micellar structures are most often formed when the pharmaceutical composition includes a phospholipid.
  • the oligonucleotide in the form of a salt which can be a salt formed with an amino acid ester or amide or can be a salt with a divalent metal cation and optionally a carboxylate, a phospholipid, a phosphatidyl choline, or a sphingomyelin, that is trapped within the liposomal or micellar structure.
  • a salt which can be a salt formed with an amino acid ester or amide or can be a salt with a divalent metal cation and optionally a carboxylate, a phospholipid, a phosphatidyl choline, or a sphingomyelin
  • the pharmaceutical composition further comprising a pharmaceutically acceptable organic solvent is a suspension of solid particles in the pharmaceutically acceptable organic solvent.
  • the solid particles comprise a salt formed between the amino acid ester or amino acid amide and the protonated oligonucleotide wherein the acidic phosphate groups of the oligonucleotide protonates the amino group of the amino acid ester or amino acid amide, such as illustrated above, or comprises a salt formed between the oligonucleotide; divalent metal cation; and optional carboxylate, phospholipid, phosphatidyl choline, or sphingomyelin, as illustrated above.
  • Pharmaceutical compositions that are suspensions can also form drug depots when injected into an animal.
  • the lipophilicity and/or molecular weight of the amino acid ester or amino acid amide can be varied by varying the amino acid and/or the alcohol (or amine) used to form the amino acid ester (or amino acid amide).
  • the lipophilicity and/or molecular weight of the amino acid ester can be varied by varying the R1 hydrocarbon group of the amino acid ester. Typically, increasing the molecular weight of Rl increase the lipophilicity of the amino acid ester.
  • the lipophilicity and/or molecular weight of the amino acid amide can be varied by varying the R3 or R4 groups of the amino acid amide.
  • the lipophilicity and/or molecular weight of the amino acid ester or amino acid amide it is possible to vary the solubility of the oligonucleotide described herein in water, to vary the solubility of the oligonucleotide in the organic solvent, vary the viscosity of the pharmaceutical composition comprising a solvent, and vary the ease at which the pharmaceutical composition can be drawn into a 20 gauge needle and then expelled from the 20 gauge needle.
  • the lipophilicity and/or molecular weight of the amino acid ester or amino acid amide i.e., by varying R1 of the amino acid ester or R3 and R4 of the amino acid amide
  • different oligonucleotides exhibit different solubility and behavior, generally the higher the molecular weight of the amino acid ester or amino acid amide, the more likely it is that the salt of the protonated oligonucleotide and the amino acid ester of the amide will form a precipitate when injected into water.
  • R1 of the amino acid ester when R1 of the amino acid ester is a hydrocarbon of about C16 or higher the pharmaceutical composition will form a precipitate when injected into water and when R1 of the amino acid ester is a hydrocarbon of about C12 or less the pharmaceutical composition will not form a precipitate when injected into water. Indeed, with amino acid esters wherein R1 is a hydrocarbon of about C12 or less, the salt of the protonated oligonucleotide and the amino acid ester is, in many cases, soluble in water.
  • the pharmaceutical composition will typically form a precipitate when injected into water and if the combined number of carbons in R3 and R4 is 12 or less the pharmaceutical composition will not form a precipitate when injected into water.
  • a pharmaceutical composition that further comprises a pharmaceutically acceptable organic solvent will form a precipitate when injected into water can readily be determined by injecting about 0.05 mL of the pharmaceutical composition into about 4 mL of water at about 98° F. and determining how much material is retained on a 0.22 pm fdter after the composition is mixed with water and fdtered.
  • a formulation or composition is considered to be injectable when no more than 10% of the formulation is retained on the filter. In some embodiments, no more than 5% of the formulation is retained on the filter. In some embodiments, no more than 2% of the formulation is retained on the filter. In some embodiments, no more than 1% of the formulation is retained on the filter.
  • compositions that comprise a protonated oligonucleotide and a diester or diamide of aspartic or glutamic acid
  • compositions that comprise an oligonucleotide; a divalent metal cation; and a carboxylate, a phospholipid, a phosphatidyl choline, or a sphingomyelin
  • it is possible to vary the properties of pharmaceutical compositions by varying the amount and/or lipophilicity and/or molecular weight of the carboxylate, phospholipid, phosphatidyl choline, or sphingomyelin.
  • compositions that further comprises an organic solvent form a depot when administered to an animal
  • the more lipophilic the amino acid ester or amino acid amide the more slowly the oligonucleotide is released from the depot.
  • compositions that further comprises an organic solvent and also further comprise a carboxylate, phospholipid, phosphatidyl choline, sphingomyelin, or a diester or diamide of aspartic or glutamic acid and form a depot when administered to an animal
  • the amount of oligonucleotide in the pellet resulting from the centrifugation can also be determined by collecting the pellet, dissolving the pellet in about 10 pL of methanol, and analyzing the methanol solution by HPLC to determine the amount of oligonucleotide in the precipitate.
  • the amount of oligonucleotide in the aqueous solution and the amount of oligonucleotide in the precipitate are determined by comparing the peak area for the HPLC peak corresponding to the oligonucleotide against a standard curve of oligonucleotide peak area against concentration of oligonucleotide.
  • Suitable HPLC conditions can be readily determined by one of ordinary skill in the art.
  • compositions described herein are useful in human medicine and veterinary medicine. Accordingly, the invention further relates to a method of treating or preventing a condition in an animal comprising administering to the animal an effective amount of the pharmaceutical composition described herein.
  • the subject is identified, e.g., identified as likely to benefit from the treatment using a method described herein.
  • the invention relates to methods of beating a condition in an animal comprising administering to an animal in need thereof an effective amount of a pharmaceutical composition described herein.
  • the invention relates to methods of preventing a condihon in an animal comprising administering to an animal in need thereof an effective amount of a pharmaceutical composition described herein.
  • Methods of adminisbation include, but are not limited to, inbadermal, inbamuscular, inbaperitoneal, inbavenous, subcutaneous, inbanasal, epidural, oral, sublingual, inbacerebral, inbavaginal, bansdermal, rectal, by inhalation, or topical.
  • the mode of adminisbation is left to the discretion of the practitioner.
  • adminisbation will result in the release of the oligonucleotide described herein, e.g., an aptamer, an drug targeting aptamer, a multipartite construct, or any combination thereof, into the bloodstream.
  • the method of treating or preventing a condition in an animal comprises administering to the animal in need thereof an effective amount of an oligonucleotide by parenterally administering the pharmaceutical composition described herein.
  • the pharmaceutical composition described herein comprises administering to the animal in need thereof an effective amount of an oligonucleotide by parenterally administering the pharmaceutical composition described herein.
  • compositions are administered by infusion or bolus injection. In some embodiments, the pharmaceutical composition is administered subcutaneously.
  • the method of treating or preventing a condition in an animal comprises administering to the animal in need thereof an effective amount of an oligonucleotide by orally administering the pharmaceutical composition described herein.
  • the composition is in the form of a capsule or tablet.
  • compositions can also be administered by any other convenient route, for example, topically, by absorption through epithelial or mucocutaneous linings (e.g., oral, rectal, and intestinal mucosa, etc.).
  • epithelial or mucocutaneous linings e.g., oral, rectal, and intestinal mucosa, etc.
  • compositions can be administered systemically or locally.
  • compositions can be administered together with another biologically active agent.
  • the animal is a mammal.
  • the animal is a human.
  • the animal is a non-human animal.
  • the animal is a canine, a feline, an equine, a bovine, an ovine, or a porcine.
  • the effective amount administered to the animal depends on a variety of factors including, but not limited to the type of animal being treated, the condition being treated, the severity of the condition, and the specific multipartite construct being administered.
  • a treating physician can determine an effective amount of the pharmaceutical composition to treat a condition in an animal.
  • the multipartite construct can inhibit angiogenesis. In some embodiments, the multipartite construct can inhibit angiogenesis and the disease being treated is cancer. In some embodiments, the aptamer can inhibit angiogenesis and the disease being treated is a solid tumor.
  • the multipartite construct can be a multipartite construct that inhibits a neoplastic growth or a cancer.
  • the cancer comprises an acute lymphoblastic leukemia; acute myeloid leukemia; adrenocortical carcinoma; AIDS-related cancers; AIDS-related lymphoma; anal cancer; appendix cancer; astrocytomas; atypical teratoid/rhabdoid tumor; basal cell carcinoma; bladder cancer; brain stem glioma; brain tumor (including brain stem glioma, central nervous system atypical teratoid/rhabdoid tumor, central nervous system embryonal tumors, astrocytomas, craniopharyngioma, ependymoblastoma, ependymoma, medulloblastoma, medulloepithelioma, pineal parenchymal tumors of intermediate differentiation, supratentorial primitive neuroectodermal tumors
  • ependymoblastoma ependymoblastoma
  • ependymoma ependymoma
  • esophageal cancer esthesioneuroblastoma
  • Ewing sarcoma ependymoblastoma
  • extracranial germ cell tumor extragonadal germ cell tumor; extrahepatic bile duct cancer; gallbladder cancer; gastric (stomach) cancer; gastrointestinal carcinoid tumor; gastrointestinal stromal cell tumor; gastrointestinal stromal tumor (GIST); gestational trophoblastic tumor; glioma; hairy cell leukemia; head and neck cancer; heart cancer; Hodgkin lymphoma; hypopharyngeal cancer; intraocular melanoma; islet cell tumors; Kaposi sarcoma; kidney cancer; Langerhans cell histiocytosis; laryngeal cancer; lip cancer; liver cancer; malignant fibrous histiocytoma bone cancer; medulloblastoma; medulloepithelioma;
  • melanoma Merkel cell carcinoma; Merkel cell skin carcinoma; mesothelioma; metastatic squamous neck cancer with occult primary; mouth cancer; multiple endocrine neoplasia syndromes; multiple myeloma; multiple myeloma/plasma cell neoplasm; mycosis fungoides; myelodysplastic syndromes;
  • myeloproliferative neoplasms nasal cavity cancer; nasopharyngeal cancer; neuroblastoma; Non-Hodgkin lymphoma; nonmelanoma skin cancer; non-small cell lung cancer; oral cancer; oral cavity cancer;
  • oropharyngeal cancer osteosarcoma; other brain and spinal cord tumors; ovarian cancer; ovarian epithelial cancer; ovarian germ cell tumor; ovarian low malignant potential tumor; pancreatic cancer; papillomatosis; paranasal sinus cancer; parathyroid cancer; pelvic cancer; penile cancer; pharyngeal cancer; pineal parenchymal tumors of intermediate differentiation; pineoblastoma; pituitary tumor; plasma cell neoplasm/multiple myeloma; pleuropulmonary blastoma; primary central nervous system (CNS) lymphoma; primary hepatocellular liver cancer; prostate cancer; rectal cancer; renal cancer; renal cell (kidney) cancer; renal cell cancer; respiratory tract cancer; retinoblastoma; rhabdomyosarcoma; salivary gland cancer; Sezary syndrome; small cell lung cancer; small intestine cancer; soft tissue sarcoma;
  • CNS central nervous system
  • squamous cell carcinoma squamous neck cancer; stomach (gastric) cancer; supratentorial primitive neuroectodermal tumors; T-cell lymphoma; testicular cancer; throat cancer; thymic carcinoma; thymoma; thyroid cancer; transitional cell cancer; transitional cell cancer of the renal pelvis and ureter; trophoblastic tumor; ureter cancer; urethral cancer; uterine cancer; uterine sarcoma; vaginal cancer; vulvar cancer; Waldenstrom macroglobulinemia; or Wilm’s tumor.
  • the compositions and methods described herein can be used to treat these and other cancers.
  • Nucleic acid sequences fold into secondary and tertiary motifs particular to their nucleotide sequence. These motifs position the positive and negative charges on the nucleic acid sequences in locations that enable the sequences to bind to specific locations on target molecules, including without limitation proteins and other amino acid sequences. These binding sequences are known in the field as aptamers. Due to the trillions of possible unique nucleotide sequences in even a relatively short stretch of nucleotides (e.g., 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29, 30, 31, 32,
  • aptamers can be created by randomly generating oligonucleotides of a specific length, typically 20-80 base pairs long, e.g., 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29, 30, 31, 32, 33, 34, 35, 36, 37, 38, 39, 40, 41, 42, 43, 44, 45, 46, 47, 48, 49, 50, 51, 52, 53, 54, 55, 56, 57, 58, 59, 60, 61, 62, 63, 64, 65, 66, 67, 68, 69, 70, 71, 72, 73, 74, 75, 76, 77, 78, 79 or 80 base pairs.
  • oligonucleotides are then incubated with the target of interest (e.g., tissue, cell, protein, etc). After several wash steps, the oligonucleotides that bind to the target are collected and amplified. The amplified aptamers are iteratively added to the target and the process is repeated, often 15-20 times. A common version of this process known to those of skill in the art as the SELEX method.
  • target of interest e.g., tissue, cell, protein, etc.
  • the end result comprises one or more oligonucleotide probes / aptamers with high affinity to the target.
  • the invention provides further processing of such resulting aptamers that can be use to provide desirable characteristics: 1) competitive binding assays to identify aptamers to a desired epitope; 2) motif analysis to identify high affinity binding aptamers in silico: and 3) aptamer selection assays to identify aptamers that can be used to detect a particular disease.
  • the methods are described in more detail below and further in the Examples.
  • the invention further contemplates aptamer sequences that are highly homologous to the sequences that are discovered by the methods described herein.“High homology” typically refers to a homology of 40% or higher, preferably 60% or higher, 70% or higher, more preferably 80% or higher, even more preferably 85%, 90%, 91%, 92%, 93%, 94%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, 99% or higher between a polynucleotide sequence sequence and a reference sequence.
  • the reference sequence comprises the sequence of one or more aptamer provided herein. Percent homologies (also referred to as percent identity) are typically carried out between two optimally aligned sequences.
  • Optimal alignment of sequences and comparison can be conducted, e.g., using the algorithm in“Wilbur and Lipman, Proc Natl Acad Sci USA 80: 726-30 (1983)”. Homology calculations can also be performed using BLAST, which can be found on the NCBI server at: ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/BLAST/ (Altschul S F, et al, Nucleic Acids Res. 1997; 25(17):3389-402; Altschul S F, et al, J Mol. Biol. 1990; 215(3):403-10).
  • the comparison is made with the full length of the reference sequence.
  • the comparison is made to a segment of the reference sequence of the same length (excluding any loop required by the homology calculation).
  • aptamer sequences that are functional fragments of the sequences that are discovered by the methods described herein.
  • a “functional fragment” of the aptamer sequence may comprise a subsequence that binds to the same target as the full length sequence.
  • a candidate aptamer sequence is from a member of a library that contains a 5’ leader sequences and/or a 3’ tail sequence. Such leader sequences or tail sequences may serve to facilitate primer binding for amplification or capture, etc.
  • the functional fragment of the full length sequence may comprise the subsequence of the candidate aptamer sequence absent the leader and/or tail sequences.
  • aptamer production methods may involve eluting all bound aptamers from the target sequence. In some cases, this may not easily identify the desired aptamer sequence. For example, when trying to replace an antibody in an assay, it may be desirable to only collect aptamers that bind to the specific epitope of the antibody being replaced.
  • the invention provides a method comprising addition of an antibody that is to be replaced to the aptamer/target reaction in order to allow for the selective collection of aptamers which bind to the antibody epitope.
  • the method comprises incubating a reaction mixture comprising randomly generated oligonucleotides with a target of interest, removing unbound aptamers from the reaction mixture that do not bind the target, adding an antibody to the reaction mixture that binds to that epitope of interest, and collecting the aptamers that are displaced by the antibody.
  • the target can be a biological entity such as disclosed herein, e.g., a protein.
  • the invention provides a method comprising the analysis of the two dimensional structure of one or more high affinity aptamers to the target of interest.
  • the method comprises screening the database for aptamers that have similar two-dimensional structures, or motifs, but not necessarily similar primary sequences.
  • the method comprises identifying a high affinity aptamer using traditional methods such as disclosed herein or known in the art (e.g. surface plasmon resonance binding assay), approximating the two-dimensional structure of the high affinity aptamer, and identifying aptamers from a pool of sequences that are predicted to have a similar two-dimensional structure to the high affinity aptamer.
  • the method thereby provides a pool of candidates that also bind the target of interest.
  • the two-dimensional structure of an oligo can be predicting using methods known in the art, e.g., via free energy (AG) calculations performed using a commercially available software program such as Vienna or mFold, for example as described in Mathews, D., Sabina, J., Zucker, M.
  • RNA secondary structure server Nucleic Acids Res. 31, 3429-3431 (2003), the contents of which are incorporated herein by reference in their entirety. See FIGs. IA-lB.
  • the pool of sequences can be sequenced from a pool of randomly generated aptamer candidates using a high-throughput sequencing platform, such as the Ion Torrent platform from Thermo Fisher Scientific (Waltham, MA) or
  • Identifying aptamers from a pool of sequences that are predicted to have a similar two-dimensional structure to the high affinity aptamer may comprise loading the resulting sequences into the software program of choice to identify members of the pool of sequences with similar two-dimensional structures as the high affinity aptamer.
  • the affinities of the pool of sequences can then be determined in situ, e.g., surface plasmon resonance binding assay or the like.
  • the invention provides a method comprising subtracting out non-discriminating aptamers from a large pool of aptamers by incubating them initially with non-target tissue, microvesicles, cells, or other targets of interest.
  • the non-target entities can be from a normal / healthy / non-diseased sample.
  • the aptamers that did not bind to the normal non-target entities are then incubated with diseased entities.
  • the aptamers that bind to the diseased entities but that did not bind the normal entities are then possible candidates for an assay to detect the disease. This process is independent of knowing the existence of a particular marker in the diseased sample.
  • Subtraction methods can be used to identify aptamers that preferentially recognize a desired population of targets.
  • the subtraction method is used to identify aptamers that preferentially recognize target from a diseased target population over a control (e.g., normal or non- diseased) population.
  • the diseased target population may be a tissue or a population of cells or microvesicles from a diseased individual or individuals, whereas the control population comprises corresponding tissue, cells or microvesicles from a non-diseased individual or individuals.
  • the disease can be a cancer or other disease disclosed herein or known in the art. Accordingly, the method provides aptamers that preferentially identify disease targets versus control targets.
  • Circulating microvesicles can be isolated from control samples, e.g., plasma from“normal” individuals that are absent a disease of interest, such as an absence of cancer. Vesicles in the sample are isolated using a method disclosed herein or as known in the art.
  • vesicles can be isolated from the plasma by one of the following methods: filtration, ultrafiltration, nanomembrane ultrafiltration, the ExoQuick reagent (System Biosciences, Inc., Mountain View, CA), centrifugation, ultracentrifugation, using a molecular crowding reagent (e.g., TEXIS from Life Technologies), polymer precipitation (e.g., polyethylene glycol (PEG)), affinity isolation, affinity selection, immunoprecipitation, chromatography, size exclusion, or a combination of any of these methods.
  • a molecular crowding reagent e.g., TEXIS from Life Technologies
  • polymer precipitation e.g., polyethylene glycol (PEG)
  • microvesicles isolated in each case will be a mixture of vesicle types and will be various sizes although ultracentrifugation methods may have more tendencies to produce exosomal-sized vesicles.
  • Randomly generated oligonucleotide libraries e.g., produced as described in the Examples herein
  • the aptamers that do not bind to these vesicles are isolated, e.g., by precipitating the vesicles (e.g, with PEG) and collecting the supernatant containing the non-binding aptamers.
  • aptamers are then contacted with vesicles isolated from diseased patients (e.g., using the same methods as described above) to allow the aptamers to recognize the disease vesicles.
  • aptamers that are bound to the diseased vesicles are collected.
  • the vesicles are isolated then lysed using a chaotropic agent (e.g., SDS or a similar detergent), and the aptamers are then captured by running the lysis mixture over an affinity column.
  • the affinity column may comprise streptavidin beads in the case of biotin conjugated aptamer pools.
  • the isolated aptamers are the amplified. The process can then then repeated, e.g., 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19 or 20 or more times to achieve aptamers having a desired selectivity for the target.
  • an aptamer profile is identified that can be used to characterize a biological sample of interest.
  • a pool of randomly generated oligonucleotides e.g., at least 10, 10 2 , 10 3 , 10 4 , 10 5 , 10 6 , 10 7 , 10 8 , 10 9 , 10 10 , 10 n , 10 12 , 10 13 , 10 14 , 10 15 , 10 16 , 10 17 , 10 18 , 10 19 or at least 10 20 oligonucleotides, is contacted with a biological component or target of interest from a control population.
  • the oligonucleotides that do not bind the biological component or target of interest from the control population are isolated and then contacted with a biological component or target of interest from a test population.
  • the oligonucleotides that bind the biological component or target of interest from the test population are retained.
  • the retained oligonucleotides can be used to repeat the process by contacting the retained oligonucleotides with the biological component or target of interest from the control population, isolating the retained oligonucleotides that do not bind the biological component or target of interest from the control population, and again contacting these isolated oligonucleotides with the biological component or target of interest from the test population and isolating the binding oligonucleotides.
  • The“component” or“target” can be anything that is present in sample to which the oligonucleotides are capable of binding (e.g., tissue, cells, microvesicles, polypeptides, peptide, nucleic acid molecules, carbodyhrates, lipids, etc.).
  • the process can be repeated any number of desired iterations, e.g., 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19 or 20 or more times.
  • the resulting oligonucleotides comprise aptamers that can differentially detect the test population versus the control.
  • aptamers provide an aptamer profile, which comprises a biosignature that is determined using one or more aptamer, e.g., a biosignature comprising a presense or level of the component or target which is detected using the one or more aptamer.
  • the invention provides an isolated polynucleotide that encodes a polypeptide, or a fragment thereof, identified by the methods above.
  • the invention further provides an isolated polynucleotide having a nucleotide sequence that is at least 60% identical to the nucleotide sequence identified by the methods above. More preferably, the isolated nucleic acid molecule is at least 65%, 70%, 75%, 80%, 85%, 90%, 91%, 92%, 93%, 94%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, 99% or more, identical to the nucleotide sequence identified by the methods above.
  • the comparison is made with the full length of the reference sequence.
  • the comparison is made to a segment of the reference sequence of the same length (excluding any loop required by the homology calculation).
  • the invention provides a method of characterizing a biological phenotype using an aptamer profile.
  • the aptamer profile can be determined using the method above.
  • the aptamer profile can be determined for a test sample and compared to a control aptamer profile.
  • the phenotype may be a disease or disorder such as a cancer. Characterizing the phenotype can include without limitation providing a diagnosis, prognosis, or theranosis.
  • the aptamer profile can provide a diagnostic, prognostic and/or theranostic readout for the subject from whom the test sample is obtained.
  • an aptamer profile is determined for a test sample by contacting a pool of aptamer molecules to the test sample, contacting the same pool of aptamers to a control sample, and identifying one or more aptamer molecules that differentially bind a component or target in the test sample but not in the control sample (or vice versa).
  • A“component” or“target” as used in the context of the biological test sample or control sample can be anything that is present in sample to which the aptamers are capable of binding (e.g., tissue, cells, microvesicles, polypeptides, peptide, nucleic acid molecules, carbodyhrates, lipids, etc.).
  • the aptamer molecules may bind a polypeptide biomarker that is solely expressed or differentially expressed (over- or underexpressed) in a disease state as compared to a non-diseased subject. Comparison of the aptamer profile in the test sample as compared to the control sample may be based on qualitative and quantitative measure of aptamer binding (e.g., binding versus no binding, or level of binding in test sample versus different level of binding in the reference control sample).
  • the invention provides a method of identifying a target-specific aptamer profile, comprising contacting a biological test sample with a pool of aptamer molecules, contacting the pool to a control biological sample, identifying one or more aptamers that bind to a component in said test sample but not to the control sample, thereby identifying an aptamer profile for said biological test sample.
  • a pool of aptamers is selected against a disease sample and compared to a reference sample, the aptamers in a subset that bind to a component(s) in the disease sample but not in the reference sample can be sequenced using conventional sequencing techniques to identify the subset that bind, thereby identifying an aptamer profile for the particular disease sample.
  • the aptamer profile provides an individualized platform for detecting disease in other samples that are screened.
  • the aptamer profile can provide a diagnostic, prognostic and/or theranostic readout for the subject from whom the test sample is obtained.
  • the invention provides a method of selecting a pool of aptamers, comprising: (a) contacting a biological control sample with a pool of oligonucleotides; (b) isolating a first subset of the pool of oligonucleotides that do not bind the biological control sample; (c) contacting the biological test sample with the first subset of the pool of oligonucleotides; and (d) isolating a second subset of the pool of oligonucleotides that bind the biological test sample, thereby selecting the pool of aptamers.
  • the pool of oligonucleotides may comprise any number of desired sequences, e.g., at least 10, 10 2 , 10 3 , 10 4 , 10 5 ,
  • Steps (a)-(d) may be repeated to further hone the pool of aptamers. In an embodiment, these steps are repeated at least 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18,
  • the biological test sample and biological control sample may comprise tissues, cells, microvesicles, or biomarkers of interest.
  • the biological test sample and optionally biological control sample comprise a bodily fluid.
  • the bodily fluid may comprise without limitation peripheral blood, sera, plasma, ascites, urine, cerebrospinal fluid (CSF), sputum, saliva, bone marrow, synovial fluid, aqueous humor, amniotic fluid, cerumen, breast milk, broncheoalveolar lavage fluid, semen, prostatic fluid, Cowper’s fluid, pre-ejaculatory fluid, female ejaculate, sweat, fecal matter, hair, tears, cyst fluid, pleural fluid, peritoneal fluid, malignant fluid, pericardial fluid, lymph, chyme, chyle, bile, interstitial fluid, menses, pus, sebum, vomit, vaginal secretions, mucosal secretion, stool water, pancreatic juice, lavage fluids from sinus cavities, bronchopulmonary aspirates or other lavage fluids.
  • CSF cerebrospinal fluid
  • sputum saliva
  • bone marrow synovial fluid
  • aqueous humor amni
  • Tthe biological test sample and optionally biological control may also comprise a tumor sample, e.g., cells from a tumor or tumor tissue.
  • the biological test sample and optionally biological control sample comprise a cell culture medium.
  • the biological test sample comprises a diseased sample and the biological control sample comprises a non-diseased sample.
  • the pool of aptamers may be used to provide a diagnostic, prognostic and/or theranostic readout for the disease.
  • kits comprising one or more reagent to carry out the methods above.
  • the one or more reagent comprises a library of potential binding agents that comprises one or more of an aptamer, antibody, and other useful binding agents described herein or known in the art.
  • Aptamers can be used in various biological assays, including numerous types of assays which rely on a binding agent.
  • aptamers can be used instead of or along side antibodies in various immunoassay formats, such as sandwich assays, flow cytometry and IHC.
  • the invention provides an aptamer screening method that identifies aptamers that do not bind to any surfaces (substrates, tubes, filters, beads, other antigens, etc.) throughout the assay steps and bind specifically to an antigen of interest.
  • the assay relies on negative selection to remove aptamers that bind non-target antigen components of the final assay. The negative selection is followed by positive selection to identify aptamers that bind the desired antigen.
  • the invention provides a method of identifying an aptamer specific to a target of interest, comprising (a) contacting a pool of candidate aptamers with one or more assay components, wherein the assay components do not comprise the target of interest; (b) recovering the members of the pool of candidate aptamers that do not bind to the one or more assay components in (a); (c) contacting the members of the pool of candidate aptamers recovered in (b) with the target of interest in the presence of one or more confounding target; and (d) recovering a candidate aptamer that binds to the target of interest in step (c), thereby identifying the aptamer specific to the target of interest.
  • steps (a) and (b) provide negative selection to remove aptamers that bind non-target entities.
  • steps (c) and (d) provide positive selection by identifying aptamers that bind the target of interest but not other confounding targets, e.g., other antigens that may be present in a biological sample which comprises the target of interest.
  • the pool of candidate aptamers may comprise at least 10, 10 2 , 10 3 , 10 4 , 10 5 , 10 6 , 10 7 ,
  • steps (a)-(b) are optional. In other embodiments, steps (a)-(b) are repeated at least 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19 or at least 20 times before positive selection in step (c) is performed. The positive selection can also be performed in multiple rounds. Steps (c)-(d) can be repeated at least 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19 or at least 20 times before identifying the aptamer specific to the target of interest. Multiple rounds may provide improved stringency of selection.
  • the one or more assay components contacted with the aptamer pool during negative selection comprise one or more of a substrate, a bead, a planar array, a column, a tube, a well, or a filter.
  • the assay components can include any substance that may be part of a desired biological assay.
  • the target of interest can be any appropriate entity that can be detected when recognized by an aptamer.
  • the target of interest comprises a protein or polypeptide.
  • protein protein
  • polypeptide and“peptide” are used interchangeably unless stated otherwise.
  • the target of interest can be a nucleic acid, including DNA, RNA, and various subspecies of any thereof as disclosed herein or known in the art.
  • the target of interest can comprise a lipid.
  • the target of interest can comprise a carbohydrate.
  • the target of interest can also be a complex, e.g., a complex comprising protein, nucleic acids, lipids and/or carbohydrates.
  • the target of interest comprises a tissue, cell, or microvesicle.
  • the aptamer may be a binding agent to a surface antigen or disease antigen.
  • the surface antigen can be a biomarker of a disease or disorder.
  • the aptamer may be used to provide a diagnosis, prognosis or theranosis of the disease or disorder.
  • the one or more protein may comprise one or more of PSMA, PCSA, B7H3, EpCam, ADAM- 10, BCNP, EGFR, IL1B, KLK2, MMP7, p53, PBP, SERPINB3, SPDEF, SSX2, and SSX4. These markers can be used detect a prostate cancer.
  • the one or more confounding target can be an antigen other than the target of interest.
  • a confounding target can be another entity that may be present in a sample to be assayed.
  • the sample to be assessed is a tissue or blood sample from an individual.
  • the target of interest may be a protein, e.g., a surface antigen, which is present in the sample.
  • a confounding target could be selected from any other antigen that is likely to be present in the sample. Accordingly, the positive selection should provide candidate aptamers that recognize the target of interest but have minimal, if any, interactions with the confounding targets.
  • the target of interest and the one or more confounding target comprise the same type of biological entity, e.g., all protein, all nucleic acid, all carbohydrate, or all lipids.
  • the target of interest can be a protein selected from the group consisting of SSX4, SSX2, PBP, KFK2, SPDEF, and EpCAM, and the one or more confounding target comprises the other members of this group.
  • the target of interest and the one or more confounding target comprise different types of biological entities, e.g., any combination of protein, nucleic acid, carbohydrate, and lipids.
  • the one or more confounding targets may also comprise different types of biological entities, e.g., any combination of protein, nucleic acid, carbohydrate, and lipids.
  • the invention provides an isolated polynucleotide, or a fragment thereof, identified by the methods above.
  • the invention further provides an isolated polynucleotide having a nucleotide sequence that is at least 60% identical to the nucleotide sequence identified by the methods above.
  • the isolated polynucleotide is also referred to as an aptamer or oligonucleotide probe. More preferably, the isolated nucleic acid molecule is at least 65%, 70%, 75%, 80%, 85%, 90%, 91%, 92%, 93%, 94%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, 99% or more, identical to the nucleotide sequence identified by the methods above.
  • the comparison is made with the full length of the reference sequence.
  • the comparison is made to a segment of the reference sequence of the same length (excluding any loop required by the homology calculation).
  • the invention provides a method of selecting a group of aptamers, comprising: (a) contacting a pool of aptamers to a tissue from a first sample; (b) enriching a subpool of aptamers that show affinity to the tissue from the first sample; (c) contacting the subpool to a second tissue from a second sample; and (d) depleting a second subpool of aptamers that show affinity to the second tissue from the second sample, thereby selecting the group of aptamers that have preferential affinity for the tissue from the first sample as compared to the second sample.
  • the first sample and/or second sample may comprise a fixed tissue such as disclosed herein.
  • the fixed tissue may include FFPE tissue.
  • the first sample and/or second sample may comprise a tumor sample.
  • the first sample comprises a cancer sample and the second sample comprises a control sample, such as a non-cancer sample.
  • the first sample and/or and the second sample may each comprise a pooled sample.
  • the first sample and/or second sample can comprise bodily fluid from 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 25, 30, 40, 50, 60, 70, 80, 90, 100 or more than 100 individuals.
  • the members of a pool may be chosen to represent a desired phenotype.
  • the members of the first sample pool may be from patients with a cancer and the members of the second sample pool may be from non-cancer controls.
  • the first sample may comprise tissues from different individuals, e.g., from 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 25, 30, 40, 50, 60, 70, 80, 90, 100 or more than 100 individuals.
  • the first sample may comprise a fixed tissue from each individual.
  • Steps (a)-(d) can be repeated a desired number of times in order to further enrich the pool in aptamers that have preferential affinity for the target from the first sample.
  • steps (a)-(d) can be repeated 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20 or more than 20 times.
  • the output from step (d) can be used as the input to repeated step (a).
  • the first sample and/or second sample are replaced with a different sample before repeating steps (a)-(d).
  • members of a first sample pool may be from patients with a cancer and members of a second sample pool may be from non-cancer controls.
  • the first sample pool may comprise samples from different cancer patients than in the prior round/s.
  • the second sample pool may comprise samples from different controls than in the prior round/s.
  • the invention provides a method of enriching a plurality of oligonucleotides, comprising: (a) contacting a first sample with the plurality of oligonucleotides; (b) fractionating the first sample contacted in step (a) and recovering members of the plurality of oligonucleotides that fractionated with the first sample; (c) contacting the recovering members of the plurality of oligonucleotides from step (b) with a second sample; (d) fractionating the second sample contacted in step (c) and recovering members of the plurality of oligonucleotides that did not fractionate with the second sample; (e) contacting the recovering members of the plurality of oligonucleotides from step (d) with a third sample; and (f) fractionating the third sample contacted in step (a) and recovering members of the plurality of oligonucleotides that fractionated with the third sample; thereby enriching the plurality of oligon
  • the samples can be of any appropriate form as described herein, e.g., tissue, cells, microvesicles, etc.
  • the first and third samples may have a first phenotype while the second sample has a second phenotype.
  • positive selection occurs for the samples associated with the first phenotype
  • negative selection occurs for the samples associated with the second phenotype.
  • the first phenotype comprises biopsy -positive breast cancer
  • the second phenotype comprises non-breast cancer (biopsy -negative or healthy).
  • the first phenotype comprises a medical condition, disease or disorder and the second phenotype comprises a healthy state or a different state of the medical condition, disease or disorder.
  • the first phenotype can be a healthy state and the second phenotype comprises a medical condition, disease or disorder.
  • the medical condition, disease or disorder can be any detectable medical condition, disease or disorder, including without limitation a cancer, a premalignant condition, an inflammatory disease, an immune disease, an autoimmune disease or disorder, a cardiovascular disease or disorder, neurological disease or disorder, infectious disease or pain.
  • a cancer a premalignant condition
  • an inflammatory disease an immune disease
  • an autoimmune disease or disorder a cardiovascular disease or disorder
  • neurological disease or disorder infectious disease or pain.
  • the sample can be subjected to epitope retrival, also known as antigen retrival, prior ro the enrichment process.
  • epitope retrival also known as antigen retrival
  • tissue fixation is useful for the preservation of tissue morphology, this process can also have a negative impact on immuno detection methods.
  • fixation can alter protein biochemistry such that the epitope of interest is masked and can no longer bind to the primary antibody.
  • Masking of the epitope can be caused by cross- linking of amino acids within the epitope, cross-linking unrelated peptides at or near an epitope, altering the conformation of an epitope, or altering the electrostatic charge of the antigen.
  • Epitope retrieval refers to any technique in which the masking of an epitope is reversed and epitope-recognition is restored.
  • Techniques for epitope retrieval are known in the art. For example, enzymes including Proteinase K, Trypsin, and Pepsin have been used successfully to restore epitope binding. Without being bound by theory, the mechanism of action may be the cleavage of peptides that may be masking the epitope. Heating the sample may also reverse some cross-links and allows for restoration of secondary or tertiary structure of the epitope. Change in pH or cation concentration may also influence epitope availability.
  • the contacting can be performed in the presence of a competitor, which may reduce non-specific binding events.
  • a competitor can be used.
  • the competitor comprises at least one of salmon sperm DNA, tRNA, dextran sulfate and carboxymethyl dextran.
  • different competitors or competitor concentrations can be used at different contacting steps.
  • steps (a)-(f) are repeated at least once. These steps can be repeated 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17,
  • the method further comprises: (i) repeating steps (a)-(b) at least once prior to step (c), wherein the recovered members of the plurality of oligonucleotides that fractionated with the first sample in step (b) are used as the input plurality of oligonucleotides for the repetition of step (a); (ii) repeating steps (c)-(d) at least once prior to step (e), wherein the recovered members of the plurality of oligonucleotides that did not fractionate with the second sample in step (d) are used as the input plurality of oligonucleotides for the repetition of step (c); and/or (iii) repeating steps (e)- (f) at least once, wherein the recovered members of the plurality of oligonucleotides that fractionated with the third sample in step (f) are used as the input plurality of oli
  • Repetitions (i)-(iii) can be repeated any desired number of times, e.g., (i)-(iii) can be repeated 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20 or more than 20 times. In an embodiment, (i)-(iii) each comprise three repetitions.
  • the method may further comprise identifying the members of the selected group of aptamers or oligonucleotides, e.g., by DNA sequencing.
  • the sequencing may be performed by Next Generation sequencing as desired and after or before any desired step in the method.
  • the method may also comprise identifying the targets of the selected group of
  • an enriched oligonucleotide library is contacted with an appropriate sample (e.g., the first or third sample), the library is cross-linked to the sample, and the library is recovered. Proteins cross-linked with the recovered library are identified, e.g., by mass spectrometry.
  • the methods and kits above can be used to identify binding agents that differentiate between two target populations.
  • the invention further provides methods of identifying the targets of such binding agents.
  • the methods may further comprise identifying a surface marker of a cell or microvesicle that is recognized by the binding agent.
  • the invention provides a method of identifying a target of a binding agent comprising: (a) contacting the binding agent with the target to bind the target with the binding agent, wherein the target comprises a surface antigen of a cell or microvesicle; (b) disrupting the cell or microvesicle under conditions which do not disrupt the binding of the target with the binding agent; (c) isolating the complex between the target and the binding agent; and (d) identifying the target bound by the binding agent.
  • the binding agent can be a binding agent identified by the methods above, e.g., an oligonucleotide probe, ligand, antibody, or other useful binding agent that can differentiate between two target populations, e.g., by differentiating between biomarkers thereof.
  • FIG. 2 An illustrative schematic for carrying on the method is shown in FIG. 2.
  • the figure shows a binding agent 202, here an oligonucleotide probe aptamer for purposes of illustration, tethered to a substrate 201.
  • the binding agent 202 can be covalently attached to substrate 201.
  • the binding agent 202 may also be non-covalently attached.
  • binding agent 202 can comprise a label which can be attracted to the substrate, such as a biotin group which can form a complex with an avidin/streptavidin molecule that is covalently attached to the substrate. This can allow a complex to be formed between the aptamer and the target while in solution, followed by capture of the aptamer using the biotin label.
  • the binding agent 202 binds to a surface antigen 203 of target cell 204.
  • the cell 205 is disrupted while leaving the complex between the binding agent 202 and surface antigen 203 intact. Disrupted cell 205 is removed, e.g., via washing or buffer exchange, in the step signified by arrow (ii).
  • the surface antigen 203 is released from the binding agent 202.
  • the surface antigen 203 can be analyzed to determine its identity using methods disclosed herein and/or known in the art.
  • the target of the method can be any useful biological entity associated with a cell or tissue of interest.
  • the target may comprise a protein, nucleic acid, lipid or carbohydrate, or other biological entity disclosed herein or known in the art.
  • the target is cross-linked to the binding agent prior disrupting the cell. Without being bound by theory, this step may assist in maintaining the complex between the binding agent and the target during the disruption process. Any useful method of crosslinking disclosed herein or known in the art can be used.
  • the cross-linking comprises photocrosslinking, an imidoester crosslinker, dimethyl suberimidate, an N-Hydroxysuccinimide-ester crosslinker, bissulfosuccinimidyl suberate (BS3), an aldehyde, acrolein, crotonaldehyde, formaldehyde, a carbodiimide crosslinker, N,N'-dicyclohexylcarbodiimide (DDC), N,N'-diisopropylcarbodiimide (DIC), 1- Ethyl-3-[3-dimethylaminopropyl]carbodiimide hydrochloride (EDC or ED AC), Succinimidyl-4-(N- maleimidomethyl)cyclohexane-l-carboxylate (SMCC), a Sulfosuccinimidyl-4-(N- maleimidomethyl)cyclohexane-l-carboxy
  • an N-Hydroxysuccinimide (NHS) crosslinker an N-Hydroxysuccinimide (NHS) crosslinker
  • NHS-Azide reagent e.g., NHS-Azide, NHS- PEG4- Azide, NHS-PEG12-Azide; each available from Thermo Fisher Scientific, Inc.
  • NHS- Phosphine reagent e.g., NHS-Phosphine, Sulfo-NHS-Phosphine; each available from Thermo Fisher Scientific, Inc.
  • disrupting the cell comprises use of one or more of a detergent, a surfactant, a solvent, an enzyme, or any useful combination thereof.
  • the enzyme may comprise one or more of lysozyme, lysostaphin, zymolase, cellulase, mutanolysin, a glycanase, a protease, and mannase.
  • the detergent or surfactant may comprise one or more of a octylthioglucoside (OTG), octyl beta-glucoside (OG), a nonionic detergent, Triton X, Tween 20, a fatty alcohol, a cetyl alcohol, a stearyl alcohol, cetostearyl alcohol, an oleyl alcohol, a polyoxyethylene glycol alkyl ether (Brij), octaethylene glycol monododecyl ether, pentaethylene glycol monododecyl ether, a polyoxypropylene glycol alkyl ether, a glucoside alkyl ether, decyl glucoside, lauryl glucoside, octyl glucoside, a polyoxyethylene glycol octylphenol ethers, a polyoxyethylene glycol alkylphenol ether, nonoxynol-9, a glycerol alkyl ester, g
  • BZT benzethonium chloride
  • DODAB dioctadecyldimethylammonium bromide
  • phenoxypolyethoxylethanol Tegitol-type NP-40; NP-40
  • ammonium lauryl sulfate sodium laureth sulfate (sodium lauryl ether sulfate (SLES)), sodium myreth sulfate, an alkyl carboxylate, sodium stearate, sodium lauroyl sarcosinate, a carboxy late-based fluorosurfactant, perfluorononanoate, perfluorooctanoate (PFOA or PFO), and a biosurfactant.
  • Mechanical methods of disruption comprise without limitation mechanical shear, bead milling, homogenation, microfluidization, sonication, French Press, impingement, a colloid mill, decompression, osmotic shock, thermolysis, freeze-thaw, desiccation, or any combination thereof.
  • the binding agent may be tethered to a substrate.
  • the binding agent can be tethered before or after the complex between the binding agent and target is formed.
  • the substrate can be any useful substrate such as disclosed herein or known in the art.
  • the substrate comprises a microsphere.
  • the substrate comprises a planar substrate.
  • the substrate comprises column material.
  • the binding agent can also be labeled. Isolating the complex between the target and the binding agent may comprise capturing the binding agent via the label.
  • the label can be a biotin label. In such cases, the binding agent can be attached to the substrate via a biotin-avidin/streptavidin binding event.
  • identifying the target after release from the binding agent will depend on the type of target of interest.
  • identifying the target may comprise use of mass spectrometry (MS), peptide mass fingerprinting (PMF; protein fingerprinting), sequencing, N- terminal amino acid analysis, C-terminal amino acid analysis, Edman degradation, chromatography, electrophoresis, two-dimensional gel electrophoresis (2D gel), antibody array, and immunoassay.
  • Nucleic acids can be identified by amplification, hybridization or sequencing.
  • the method can be used to identify any appropriate target, including those not associated with a membrane.
  • all steps except for the step signified by arrow (i) i.e., disrupting the cell 205
  • a tissue lysate or a circulating target such as a protein, nucleic acid, lipid, carbohydrate, or combination thereof.
  • the target can be any useful target, including without limitation a tissue, a cell, an organelle, a protein complex, a lipoprotein, a carbohydrate, a microvesicle, a virus, a membrane fragment, a small molecule, a heavy metal, a toxin, a drug, a nucleic acid, mRNA, microRNA, a protein-nucleic acid complex, and various combinations, fragments and/or complexes of any of these.
  • the invention provides a method of identifying at least one protein associated with at least one cell in a biological sample, comprising: a) contacting the at least one cell with an oligonucleotide probe library, b) isolating at least one protein bound by at least one member of the oligonucleotide probe library in step a); and c) identifying the at least one protein isolated in step b).
  • the isolating can be performed using any useful method such as disclosed herein, e.g., by immunopreciption or capture to a substrate.
  • the identifying can be performed using any useful method such as disclosed herein, including without limitation use of mass spectrometry, 2-D gel electrophoresis or an antibody array. Examples of such methodology are presented herein in Examples 1, 9-11, and 14-15.
  • an identified surface antigen can be used to detect a cell displaying such antigen.
  • the invention provides a method of detecting at least one cell in a biological sample comprising contacting the biological sample with at least one binding agent to at least one surface antigen and detecting the at least one cell recognized by the binding agent to the at least one protein.
  • the at least one surface antigen is selected from the Examples herein, e.g., within any one of Tables 12-13, 15-16, 18, and 20-24.
  • the at least one surface antigen can be selected those disclosed in International Patent Application Nos.
  • PCT/US2011/26750 filed March 1, 2011; PCT/US2011/031479, filed April 6, 2011; PCT/US 11/48327, filed August 18, 2011; PCT/US2008/71235, filed July 25, 2008; PCT/US 10/58461, filed November 30, 2010; PCT/US2011/21160, filed January 13, 2011; PCT/US2013/030302, filed March 11, 2013;
  • the at least one surface antigen can be an aptamer target identified in the Examples herein. See, e.g., Examples 1, 9-11, and 14-15.
  • the at least one binding agent may comprise any useful binding agent, including without limitation a nucleic acid, DNA molecule, RNA molecule, antibody, antibody fragment, aptamer, peptoid, zDNA, peptide nucleic acid (PNA), locked nucleic acid (LNA), lectin, peptide, dendrimer, membrane protein labeling agent, chemical compound, or a combination thereof.
  • the at least one binding agent comprises at least one oligonucleotide, such as an oligonucleotide probe as provided herein.
  • the cell can be part of a tissue.
  • the at least one binding agent can be used to capture and/or detect the at least one cell or microvesicle, which can be a circulating cell or microvesicle, including without limitation a microvesicle shed into bodily fluids. Methods of detecting soluble biomarkers and circulating cells or microvesicles using binding agents are provided herein.
  • the at least one binding agent used to capture the at least one cell or microvesicle is bound to a substrate. Any useful substrate can be used, including without limitation a planar array, a column matrix, or a microbead.
  • the at least one binding agent used to detect the at least one cell or microvesicle is labeled.
  • a magnetic label including without limitation a magnetic label, a fluorescent moiety, an enzyme, a chemiluminescent probe, a metal particle, a non-metal colloidal particle, a polymeric dye particle, a pigment molecule, a pigment particle, an electrochemically active species, a semiconductor nanocrystal, a nanoparticle, a quantum dot, a gold particle, a fluorophore, or a radioactive label.
  • the detecting is used to characterize a phenotype.
  • the phenotype can be any appropriate phenotype of interest.
  • the phenotype is a disease or disorder.
  • the characterizing may comprise providing diagnostic, prognostic and/or theranostic information for the disease or disorder.
  • the characterizing may be performed by comparing a presence or level of the aptamer target (or targets) to a reference.
  • the reference can be selected per the characterizing to be performed. For example, when the phenotype comprises a disease or disorder, the reference may comprise a presence or level of the target in a sample from an individual or group of individuals without the disease or disorder.
  • the comparing can be determining whether the presence or level of the target differs from that of the reference.
  • the detected targets are found at higher levels in a healthy sample as compared to a diseased sample.
  • the targets are found at higher levels in a diseased sample as compared to a healthy sample.
  • the method can be used to detect the target in any appropriate biological sample.
  • the biological sample may comprise a bodily fluid, tissue sample or cell culture.
  • the bodily fluid or tissue sample can be from a subject having or suspected of having a medical condition, a disease or a disorder.
  • the method can be used to provide a diagnostic, prognostic, or theranostic read out for the subject.
  • any appropriate bodily fluid can be used, including without limitation peripheral blood, sera, plasma, ascites, urine, cerebrospinal fluid (CSF), sputum, saliva, bone marrow, synovial fluid, aqueous humor, amniotic fluid, cerumen, breast milk, broncheoalveolar lavage fluid, semen, prostatic fluid, cowper’s fluid or pre-ejaculatory fluid, female ejaculate, sweat, fecal matter, hair oil, tears, cyst fluid, pleural and peritoneal fluid, pericardial fluid, lymph, chyme, chyle, bile, interstitial fluid, menses, pus, sebum, vomit, vaginal secretions, mucosal secretion, stool water, pancreatic juice, lavage fluids from sinus cavities, bronchopulmonary aspirates, blastocyl cavity fluid, or umbilical cord blood.
  • CSF cerebrospinal fluid
  • the method described herein can be used to detect or characterize any appropriate disease or disorder of interest, including without limitation Breast Cancer, Alzheimer’s disease, bronchial asthma, Transitional cell carcinoma of the bladder, Giant cellular osteoblastoclastoma, Brain Tumor, Colorectal adenocarcinoma, Chronic obstructive pulmonary disease (COPD), Squamous cell carcinoma of the cervix, acute myocardial infarction (AMI) / acute heart failure, Chron’s Disease, diabetes mellitus type II, Esophageal carcinoma, Squamous cell carcinoma of the larynx, Acute and chronic leukemia of the bone marrow, Lung carcinoma, Malignant lymphoma, Multiple Sclerosis, Ovarian carcinoma, Parkinson disease, Prostate adenocarcinoma, psoriasis, Rheumatoid Arthritis, Renal cell carcinoma, Squamous cell carcinoma of skin, Adenocarcinoma of the stomach, carcinoma of the thyroid
  • the disease or disorder comprises a cancer, a premalignant condition, an inflammatory disease, an immune disease, an autoimmune disease or disorder, a cardiovascular disease or disorder, neurological disease or disorder, infectious disease or pain.
  • the cancer can include without limitation one of acute lymphoblastic leukemia; acute myeloid leukemia; adrenocortical carcinoma; AIDS-related cancers; AIDS-related lymphoma; anal cancer; appendix cancer; astrocytomas; atypical teratoid/rhabdoid tumor; basal cell carcinoma; bladder cancer; brain stem glioma; brain tumor (including brain stem glioma, central nervous system atypical teratoid/rhabdoid tumor, central nervous system embryonal tumors, astrocytomas, craniopharyngioma, ependymoblastoma, ependymoma, astrocytomas, craniopharyngioma, ependymoblastoma,
  • medulloblastoma medulloepithelioma, pineal parenchymal tumors of intermediate differentiation, supratentorial primitive neuroectodermal tumors and pineoblastoma); breast cancer; bronchial tumors; Burkitt lymphoma; cancer of unknown primary site; carcinoid tumor; carcinoma of unknown primary site; central nervous system atypical teratoid/rhabdoid tumor; central nervous system embryonal tumors; cervical cancer; childhood cancers; chordoma; chronic lymphocytic leukemia; chronic myelogenous leukemia; chronic myeloproliferative disorders; colon cancer; colorectal cancer; craniopharyngioma; cutaneous T-cell lymphoma; endocrine pancreas islet cell tumors; endometrial cancer;
  • ependymoblastoma ependymoblastoma
  • ependymoma ependymoma
  • esophageal cancer esthesioneuroblastoma
  • Ewing sarcoma ependymoblastoma
  • extracranial germ cell tumor extragonadal germ cell tumor; extrahepatic bile duct cancer; gallbladder cancer; gastric (stomach) cancer; gastrointestinal carcinoid tumor; gastrointestinal stromal cell tumor; gastrointestinal stromal tumor (GIST); gestational trophoblastic tumor; glioma; hairy cell leukemia; head and neck cancer; heart cancer; Hodgkin lymphoma; hypopharyngeal cancer; intraocular melanoma; islet cell tumors; Kaposi sarcoma; kidney cancer; Langerhans cell histiocytosis; laryngeal cancer; lip cancer; liver cancer; lung cancer; malignant fibrous histiocytoma bone cancer; medulloblastoma;
  • medulloepithelioma melanoma
  • Merkel cell carcinoma Merkel cell skin carcinoma
  • mesothelioma metastatic squamous neck cancer with occult primary
  • mouth cancer multiple endocrine neoplasia syndromes
  • multiple myeloma multiple myeloma/plasma cell neoplasm
  • mycosis fungoides mycosis fungoides
  • myelodysplastic syndromes myeloproliferative neoplasms; nasal cavity cancer; nasopharyngeal cancer; neuroblastoma; Non-Hodgkin lymphoma; nonmelanoma skin cancer; non-small cell lung cancer; oral cancer; oral cavity cancer; oropharyngeal cancer; osteosarcoma; other brain and spinal cord tumors; ovarian cancer; ovarian epithelial cancer; ovarian germ cell tumor; ovarian low malignant potential tumor; pancreatic cancer; papillomatosis; paranasal sinus cancer; parathyroid cancer; pelvic cancer; penile cancer; pharyngeal cancer; pineal parenchymal tumors of intermediate differentiation; pineoblastoma; pituitary tumor; plasma cell neoplasm/multiple myeloma; pleuropulmonary blastoma; primary central nervous system (CNS) lymphoma; primary hepatocellular liver cancer; prostate cancer; rectal cancer; renal cancer; renal cell
  • rhabdomyosarcoma salivary gland cancer; Sezary syndrome; small cell lung cancer; small intestine cancer; soft tissue sarcoma; squamous cell carcinoma; squamous neck cancer; stomach (gastric) cancer; supratentorial primitive neuroectodermal tumors; T-cell lymphoma; testicular cancer; throat cancer; thymic carcinoma; thymoma; thyroid cancer; transitional cell cancer; transitional cell cancer of the renal pelvis and ureter; trophoblastic tumor; ureter cancer; urethral cancer; uterine cancer; uterine sarcoma; vaginal cancer; vulvar cancer; Waldenstrom macroglobulinemia; or Wilm’s tumor.
  • the premalignant condition can include without limitation Barrett’s Esophagus.
  • the autoimmune disease can include without limitation one of inflammatory bowel disease (IBD), Crohn's disease (CD), ulcerative colitis (UC), pelvic inflammation, vasculitis, psoriasis, diabetes, autoimmune hepatitis, multiple sclerosis, myasthenia gravis, Type I diabetes, rheumatoid arthritis, psoriasis, systemic lupus erythematosis (SLE), Hashimoto's Thyroiditis, Grave's disease, Ankylosing Spondylitis Sjogrens Disease, CREST syndrome, Scleroderma, Rheumatic Disease, organ rejection, Primary Sclerosing Cholangitis, or sepsis.
  • IBD inflammatory bowel disease
  • CD Crohn's disease
  • UC ulcerative colitis
  • pelvic inflammation vasculitis
  • psoriasis diabetes
  • autoimmune hepatitis multiple sclerosis
  • the cardiovascular disease can include without limitation one of atherosclerosis, congestive heart failure, vulnerable plaque, stroke, ischemia, high blood pressure, stenosis, vessel occlusion or a thrombotic event.
  • the neurological disease can include without limitation one of Multiple Sclerosis (MS), Parkinson’s Disease (PD), Alzheimer’s Disease (AD), schizophrenia, bipolar disorder, depression, autism, Prion Disease, Pick's disease, dementia, Huntington disease (HD), Down’s syndrome, cerebrovascular disease, Rasmussen's encephalitis, viral meningitis, neurospsychiatric systemic lupus erythematosus (NPSLE), amyotrophic lateral sclerosis, Creutzfeldt- Jacob disease, Gerstmann-Straussler-Scheinker disease, transmissible spongiform encephalopathy, ischemic reperfusion damage (e.g.
  • the pain can include without limitation one of fibromyalgia, chronic neuropathic pain, or peripheral neuropathic pain.
  • the infectious disease can include without limitation one of a bacterial infection, viral infection, yeast infection, Whipple’s Disease, Prion Disease, cirrhosis, methicillin-resistant staphylococcus aureus, HIV, HCV, hepatitis, syphilis, meningitis, malaria, tuberculosis, or influenza.
  • oligonucleotide probes or plurality of oligonucleotides or methods described herein can be used to assess any number of these or other related diseases and disorders.
  • the invention provides a kit comprising a reagent for carrying out the methods herein.
  • the invention provides for use of a reagent for carrying out the methods.
  • the reagent may comprise at least one binding agent to the at least one protein.
  • the binding agent may be an oligonucleotide probe as provided herein.
  • the oligonucleotide probe / aptamers described herein can be used to characterize a biological sample.
  • an oligonucleotide probe or oligonucleotide probe library can be used to provide a biosignature for the sample.
  • the biosignature can indicate a characteristic of the sample, such as a diagnosis, prognosis or theranosis of a disease or disorder associated with the sample.
  • the biosignature comprises a presence or level of one or more biomarker present in the sample.
  • biosignature comprises a presence or level of the oligonucleotide probe or members of the oligonucleotide probe library that associated with the sample (e.g., by forming a complex with the sample).
  • the invention provides an aptamer comprising a nucleic acid sequence that is at least about 50, 55, 60, 65, 70, 75, 80, 85, 90, 95, 96, 97, 98, 99 or 100 percent homologous to any one of SEQ ID NOs. 1-102938; or a functional variation or fragment of any preceding sequence.
  • a functional variation or fragment includes a sequence comprising modifications that is still capable of binding a target molecule, wherein the modifications comprise without limitation at least one of a deletion, insertion, point mutation, truncation or chemical modification.
  • the invention provides a method of characterizing a disease or disorder, comprising: (a) contacting a biological test sample with one or more aptamer described herein, e.g., any of those in this paragraph or modifications thereof; (b) detecting a presence or level of a complex between the one or more aptamer and the target bound by the one or more aptamer in the biological test sample formed in step (a); (c) contacting a biological control sample with the one or more aptamer; (d) detecting a presence or level of a complex between the one or more aptamer and the target bound by the one or more aptamer in the biological control sample formed in step (c); and (e) comparing the presence or level detected in steps (b) and (d), thereby characterizing the disease or disorder.
  • the biological test sample and biological control sample can each comprise a tissue sample, a cell culture, or a biological fluid.
  • the biological test sample and biological control sample comprise the same sample type, e.g., both the test and control samples are tissue samples or both are fluid samples.
  • different sample types may be used for the test and control samples.
  • the control sample may comprise an engineered or otherwise artificial sample.
  • the tissue samples comprise fixed samples.
  • the biological fluid may comprise a bodily fluid.
  • the bodily fluid may include without limitation one or more of peripheral blood, sera, plasma, ascites, mine, cerebrospinal fluid (CSF), sputum, saliva, bone marrow, synovial fluid, aqueous humor, amniotic fluid, cerumen, breast milk, broncheoalveolar lavage fluid, semen, prostatic fluid, cowper’s fluid or pre-ejaculatory fluid, female ejaculate, sweat, fecal matter, hair, tears, cyst fluid, pleural and peritoneal fluid, pericardial fluid, lymph, chyme, chyle, bile, interstitial fluid, menses, pus, sebum, vomit, vaginal secretions, mucosal secretion, stool water, pancreatic juice, lavage fluids from sinus cavities, bronchopulmonary aspirates, blastocyl cavity fluid, or umbilical cord blood.
  • the bodily fluid comprises blood, serum or plasma.
  • the biological fluid may comprise microvesicles.
  • the biological fluid can be a tissue, cell culture, or bodily fluid which comprises microvesicles released from cells in the sample.
  • the microvesicles can be circulating microvesicles.
  • the biological fluid may comprise cells.
  • the biological fluid can be a tissue, cell culture, or bodily fluid which comprises cells circulating in the sample.
  • the one or more aptamer can bind a target biomarker, e.g., a biomarker useful in characterizing the sample.
  • the biomarker may comprise a polypeptide or fragment thereof, or other useful biomarker described herein or known in the art (lipid, carbohydrate, complex, nucleic acid, etc).
  • the polypeptide or fragment thereof is soluble or membrane bound.
  • Membrane bound polypeptides may comprise a cellular surface antigen or a microvesicle surface antigen.
  • the biomarker can be a biomarker selected from the Examples herein.
  • the biomarker can be selected from one of International Patent Application Nos.
  • PCT/US2009/62880 fded October 30, 2009; PCT/US2009/006095, filed November 12, 2009; PCT/US2011/26750, filed March 1, 2011; PCT/US2011/031479, fded April 6, 2011;
  • the characterizing can comprises a diagnosis, prognosis or theranosis of the disease or disorder.
  • diseases and disorders can be characterized using the compositions and methods described herein, including without limitation a cancer, a premalignant condition, an inflammatory disease, an immune disease, an autoimmune disease or disorder, a cardiovascular disease or disorder, a neurological disease or disorder, an infectious disease, and/or pain. See, e.g., section herein“Phenotypes” for further details.
  • the disease or disorder comprises a proliferative or neoplastic disease or disorder.
  • the disease or disorder can be a cancer.
  • the cancer comprises a breast cancer, ovarian cancer, prostate cancer, lung cancer, colorectal cancer, melanoma, pancreatic cancer, kidney cancer, or brain cancer.
  • FIG. 8A is a schematic 800 showing an assay configuration that can be used to detect and/or quantify a target of interest using one or more oligonucleotide probe described herein.
  • Capture aptamer 802 is attached to substrate 801.
  • the substrate can be a planar substrate, well, microbead, or other useful substrate as disclosed herein or known in the art.
  • Target of interest 803 is bound by capture aptamer 802.
  • the target of interest can be any appropriate entity that can be detected when recognized by an aptamer or other binding agent.
  • the target of interest may comprise a protein or polypeptide, a nucleic acid, including DNA, RNA, and various subspecies thereof, a lipid, a carbohydrate, a complex, e.g., a complex comprising protein, nucleic acids, lipids and/or carbohydrates.
  • the target of interest comprises a tissue, cell or microvesicle.
  • the target of interest can be a cellular surface antigen or microvesicle surface antigen.
  • the target of interest may be a biomarker, e.g., as disclosed herein.
  • the target of interest can be isolated from a sample using various techniques as described herein, e.g., chromatography, filtration, centrifugation, flow cytometry, affinity capture (e.g., to a planar surface, column or bead), and/or using microfluidics.
  • Detection aptamer 804 is also bound to target of interest 803.
  • Detection aptamer 804 carries label 805 which can be detected to identify target captured to substrate 801 via capture aptamer 802.
  • the label can be a fluorescent, radiolabel, enzyme, or other detectable label as disclosed herein.
  • Either capture aptamer 802 or detection aptamer 804 can be substituted with another binding agent, e.g., an antibody.
  • the target may be captured with an antibody and detected with an aptamer, or vice versa.
  • the capture and detection agents aptamer, antibody, etc
  • the capture agent may recognize one surface antigen while the detection agent recognizes microvesicle surface antigen.
  • the capture and detection agents can recognize the same surface antigen.
  • aptamers described herein may be identified and/or used for various purposes in the form of DNA or RNA. Unless otherwise specified, one of skill in the art will appreciate that an aptamer may generally be synthesized in various forms of nucleic acid. The aptamers may also carry various chemical modifications and remain within the scope described herein.
  • FIG. 9B overviews various biological entities that can be assessed to characterize such samples. As shown in FIG. 9B, as one moves from assessing DNA, to RNA, to protein, and finally to protein complexes, the amount of diversity and complexity increases dramatically.
  • the oligonucleotide probe library method described herein can be used characterize complex biological sources, e.g., tissue samples, cells, circulating tumor cells, microvesicles, and complexes such as protein and proteolipid complexes.
  • the oligonucleotide probe libraries described herein address the above challenges.
  • the size of the starting library can be adjusted to measure as many different entities as there are library members.
  • the initial untrained oligonucleotide library has the potential to measure 10 12 or more biological features.
  • a larger and/or different library can be constructed as desired.
  • the technology is adapted to find differences between samples without assumptions about what“should be different.”
  • the probe library may distinguish based on individual proteins, protein modifications, protein complexes, lipids, nucleic acids, different folds or conformations, or whatever is there that distinguishes a sample of interest.
  • the method provides an unbiased approach to identify differences in biological samples that can be used to identify different populations of interest.
  • oligonucleotide library probe to assess a sample may be referred to as Adaptive Dynamic Artificial Poly-ligand Targeting, or ADAPTTM.
  • ADAPTTM Adaptive Dynamic Artificial Poly-ligand Targeting
  • Individual aptamers may comprise individual oligonucleotides selected to bind to a known specific target in an antibody -like“key -in-lock” binding mode. They may be evaluated individually based on specificity and binding affinity to the intended target.
  • ADAPT probes may comprise a library of oligonucleotides intended to produce multi-probe signatures.
  • the ADAPT probes comprise numerous potential binding modalities
  • the ADAPT probe signatures have the potential to identify heterogeneous patient subpopulations.
  • a single ADAPT library can be assembled to differentiate multiple biological states.
  • the binding targets may or may not be isolated or identified. It will be understood that screening methods that identify individual aptamers, e.g., SELEX, can also be used to enrich a naive library of oligonucleotides to identify a ADAPT probe library.
  • One input to the method comprises a randomized oligonucleotide library with the potential to measure 10 12 or more biological features.
  • the method identifies a desired number (e.g., ⁇ 10 5 -10 6 ) that are different between two input sample types.
  • the randomized oligonucleotide library is contacted with a first and a second sample type, and oligonucleotides that bind to each sample are identified.
  • the bound oligonucleotide populations are compared and oligonucleotides that specifically bind to one or the other biological input sample are retained for the oligonucleotide probe library, whereas oligonucleotides that bind both biological input samples are discarded.
  • This trained oligonucleotide probe library can then be contacted with a new test sample and the identities of oligonucleotides that bind the test sample are determined.
  • the test sample is characterized based on the profde of oligonucleotides that bound.
  • Extracellular vesicles provide one vehicle to profde the biological complexity and diversity driven by many inter-related sources. There can be a great deal of heterogeneity between patient-to-patient microvesicle populations, or even in microvesicle populations from a single patient under different conditions (e.g., stress, diet, exercise, rest, disease, etc). Diversity of molecular phenotypes within microvesicle populations in various disease states, even after microvesicle isolation and sorting by vesicle biomarkers, can present challenges identifying surface binding ligands. This situation is further complicated by vesicle surface-membrane protein complexes.
  • the oligonucleotide probe library can be used to address such challenges and allow for characterization of biological phenotypes.
  • the approach combines the power of diverse oligonucleotide libraries and high throuput (next-generation) sequencing technologies to probe the complexity of extracellular microvesicles.
  • ADAPTTM profding may provide quantitative measurements of dynamic events in addition to detection of presence/absence of various biomarkers in a sample.
  • the binding probes may detect protein complexes or other post-translation modifications, allowing for differentiation of samples with the same proteins but in different biological configurations.
  • the approaches outlined herein, e.g. in FIG. 9, can be adapted to any desired sample type, e.g., tissues, cells, microvesicles, circulating biomarkers, and constituents of any of these.
  • the invention provides a method of characterizing a sample by contacting the sample with a pool of different oligonucleotides (which can be referred to as an aptamer pool or oligonucleotide probe library), and determining the frequency at which various oligonucleotides in the pool bind the sample.
  • a pool of oligonucleotides is identified that preferentially bind to tissues, cells or microvesicles from cancer patients as compared to non-cancer patients.
  • a test sample e.g., from a patient suspected of having the cancer, is collected and contacted with the pool of oligonucleotides.
  • Oligonucleotides that bind the test sample are eluted from the test sample, collected and identified, and the composition of the bound oligonucleotides is compared to those known to bind cancer samples.
  • Various sequencing, amplification and hybridization techinques can be used to identify the eluted
  • oligonucleotide identification can be performed by high throughput methods such as next generation sequencing or via hybridization. If the test sample is bound by the oligonucleotide pool in a similar manner (e.g., as determined by bioinformatics classification methods) to the sample from cancer patients, then the test sample is indicative of cancer as well.
  • a pool of oligonucleotides that bind one or more antigen can be used to characterize the sample without necessarily knowing the precise target of each member of the pool of oligonucleotides.
  • the pool of oligonucleotides can provide a biosignature. Examples 14-15 herein illustrate such embodiments described herein.
  • the invention provides a method for characterizing a condition for a test sample comprising: contacting a sample with a plurality of oligonucleotide capable of binding one or more target(s) present in the sample, identifying a set of oligonucleotides that form a complex with the sample wherein the set is predetermined to characterize a condition for the sample, thereby characterizing a condition for a sample.
  • the sample can be any useful sample such as disclosed herein, e.g., a tissue, cell, microvesicle, or biomarker sample, or any useful combination thereof.
  • the invention provides a method for identifying a set of oligonucleotides associated with a test sample, comprising: (a) contacting a sample with a plurality of oligonucleotides, isolating a set of oligonucleotides that form a complex with the sample, (b) determining sequence and/or copy number for each of the oligonucleotides, thereby identifying a set of oligonucleotides associated with the test sample.
  • the sample can be any useful sample such as disclosed herein, e.g., a tissue, cell, microvesicle, or biomarker sample, or any useful combination thereof.
  • the invention provides a method of diagnosing a sample as cancerous or predisposed to be cancerous, comprising contacting the sample with a plurality of oligonucleotides that are predetermined to preferentially form a complex with a cancer sample as compared to a non-cancer sample.
  • the sample can be any useful sample such as disclosed herein, e.g., a tissue, cell, microvesicle, or biomarker sample, or any useful combination thereof.
  • the oligonucleotides can be identified by sequencing, e.g., by dye termination (Sanger) sequencing or high throughput methods.
  • High throughput methods can comprise techiques to rapidly sequence a large number of nucleic acids, including next generation techniques such as Massively parallel signature sequencing (MPSS; Polony sequencing; 454 pyrosequencing; Illumina (Solexa;
  • oligonucleotides may also be identified by hybridization techniques. For example, a microarray having addressable locals to hybridize and thereby detect the various members of the pool can be used.
  • detection can be based on one or more differentially labelled oligonucleotides that hybridize with various members of the oligonucleotide pool.
  • the detectable signal of the label can be associated with a nucleic acid molecule that hybridizes with a stretch of nucleic acids present in various oligonucleotides. The stretch can be the same or different as to one or more oligonucleotides in a library.
  • the detectable signal can comprise fluorescence agents, including color-coded barcodes which are known, such as in U.S. Patent Application Pub. No. 20140371088, 2013017837, and 20120258870. Other detectable labels (metals, radioisotopes, etc) can be used as desired.
  • the plurality or pool of oligonucleotides can comprise any desired number of oligonucleotides to allow characterization of the sample.
  • the pool comprises at least 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7,
  • the plurality of oligonucleotides can be pre-selected through one or more steps of positive or negative selection, wherein positive selection comprises selection of oligonucleotides against a sample having substantially similar characteristics compared to the test sample, and wherein negative selection comprises selection of oligonucleotides against a sample having substantially different characteristics compared to the test sample.
  • Substantially similar characteristics mean that the samples used for positive selection are representative of the test sample in one or more characteristic of interest.
  • the samples used for positive selection can be from cancer patients or cell lines and the test sample can be a sample from a patient having or suspected to have a cancer.
  • Substantially different characteristics mean that the samples used for negative selection differ from the test sample in one or more
  • the samples used for negative selection can be from individuals or cell lines that do not have cancer (e.g.,“normal,”“healthy” or otherwise“control” samples) and the test sample can be a sample from a patient having or suspected to have a cancer.
  • the cancer can be a breast cancer, ovarian cancer, prostate cancer, lung cancer, colorectal cancer, melanoma, brain cancer, pancreatic cancer, kidney cancer, or other cancer such as disclosed herein.
  • the characterizing can comprise a diagnosis, prognosis or theranosis for any number of diseases or disorders.
  • diseases and disorders can be characterized using the compositions and methods described herein, including without limitation a cancer, a premalignant condition, an inflammatory disease, an immune disease, an autoimmune disease or disorder, a cardiovascular disease or disorder, a neurological disease or disorder, an infectious disease, and/or pain. See, e.g., section herein“Phenotypes” for further details.
  • the disease or disorder comprises a proliferative or neoplastic disease or disorder.
  • the disease or disorder can be a cancer.
  • FIG. 8B is a schematic 810 showing use of an oligonucleotide pool to characterize a phenotype of a sample, such as those listed above.
  • a pool of oligonucleotides to a target of interst is provided 811.
  • the pool of oligonucleotides can be enriched to target a tissue, cell, microvesicle biomarker, or any combination thereof.
  • the members of the pool may bind different targets (e.g., different proteins) or different epitopes of the same target (e.g., different epitopes of a single protein).
  • the pool is contacted with a test sample to be characterized 812.
  • the test sample may be a biological sample from an individual having or suspected of having a given disease or disorder.
  • the mixture is washed to remove unbound oligonucleotides.
  • the remaining oligonucleotides are eluted or otherwise disassociated from the sample and collected 813.
  • the collected oligonucleotides are identified, e.g., by sequencing or hybridization 814.
  • the presence and/or copy number of the identified is used to characterize the phenotype 815.
  • FIG. 8C is a schematic 820 showing an implementation of the method in FIG. 8B to tissue.
  • the pool is used to stain the sample in a manner similar to IHC.
  • the invention provides a composition of matter comprising a plurality of oligonucleotides that can be used to carry out the methods comprising use of an oligonucleotide pool to characterize a phenotype.
  • the plurality of oligonucleotides can comprise any of those described herein.
  • the invention provides a method for identifying oligonucleotides specific for a test sample.
  • the method comprises: (a) enriching a plurality of oligonucleotides for a sample to provide a set of oligonucleotides predetermined to form a complex with a target sample; (b) contacting the plurality in (a) with a test sample to allow formation of complexes of oligonucleotides with test sample; (c) recovering oligonucleotides that formed complexes in (b) to provide a recovered subset of
  • oligonucleotides comprising RNA, DNA or both.
  • the method further comprises performing informatics analysis to identify a subset of oligonucleotides comprising sequence identity of at least 50%, 55%, 60%, 65%, 70%, 75%, 80%, 85%, 90%, 91%, 92%, 93%, 94%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, or at least 99% to the oligonucleotides predetermined to form a complex with the target sample.
  • the target can be any useful target, including without limitation a cell, an organelle, a protein complex, a lipoprotein, a carbohydrate, a microvesicle, a virus, a membrane fragment, a small molecule, a heavy metal, a toxin, a drug, a nucleic acid (including without limitation microRNA (miR) and messenger RNA (mRNA)), a protein-nucleic acid complex, and various combinations, fragments and/or complexes of any of these.
  • the target can, e.g., comprise a mixture of such biological entities.
  • the invention also provides a method comprising contacting an oligonucleotide or plurality of oligonucleotides with a sample and detecting the presence or level of binding of the oligonucleotide or plurality of oligonucleotides to a target in the sample, wherein the oligonucleotide or plurality of oligonucleotides can be those provided by the invention above.
  • the sample may comprise a biological sample, an organic sample, an inorganic sample, a tissue, a cell culture, a bodily fluid, blood, serum, a cell, a microvesicle, a protein complex, a lipid complex, a carbohydrate, or any combination, fraction or variation thereof.
  • the target may comprise a cell, an organelle, a protein complex, a lipoprotein, a carbohydrate, a microvesicle, a membrane fragment, a small molecule, a heavy metal, a toxin, or a drug.
  • the invention provides a method comprising: a) contacting a sample with an oligonucleotide probe library comprising at least 10 6 , 10 7 , 10 8 , 10 9 , 10 10 , 10 n , 10 12 , 10 13 , 10 14 , 10 15 , 10 16 , 10 17 , or at least 10 18 different oligonucleotide sequences oligonucleotides to form a mixture in solution, wherein the oligonucleotides are capable of binding a plurality of entities in the sample to form complexes, wherein optionally the oligonucleotide probe library comprises an oligonucleotide or plurality of oligonucleotides as provided by the invention above; b) partitioning the complexes formed in step (a) from the mixture; and c) recovering oligonucleotides present in the complexes partitioned in step (b) to identify an oligonucleotide profile
  • the invention provides a method for generating an enriched oligonucleotide probe library comprising: a) contacting a first oligonucleotide library with a biological test sample and a biological control sample, wherein complexes are formed between biological entities present in the biological samples and a plurality of oligonucleotides present in the first oligonucleotide library; b) partitioning the complexes formed in step (a) and isolating the oligonucleotides in the complexes to produce a subset of oligonucleotides for each of the biological test sample and biological control sample; c) contacting the subsets of oligonucleotides in (b) with the biological test sample and biological control sample wherein complexes are formed between biological entities present in the biological samples and a second plurality of oligonucleotides present in the subsets of oligonucleotides to generate a second subset group of
  • the invention provides a plurality of oligonucleotides comprising at least 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 25, 30, 40, 45, 50, 55, 60, 65, 70, 75, 80, 85, 90, 95, 100, 125, 150, 175, 200, 300, 400, 500, 600, 700, 800, 900, 1000, 2000, 3000, 4000, 5000, 6000, 7000, 8000, 9000, 10000, 20000, 30000, 40000, 50000, 60000, 70000, 80000, 90000, 100000, 200000, 300000, 400000, or 500000 different oligonucleotide sequences, wherein the plurality results from the method in this paragraph, wherein the library is capable of distinguishing a first phenotype from a second phenotype.
  • the first phenotype comprises a disease or disorder and the second phenotype comprises a healthy state; or wherein the first phenotype comprises a disease or disorder and the second phenotype comprises a different disease or disorder; or wherein the first phenotype comprises a stage or progression of a disease or disorder and the second phenotype comprises a different stage or progression of the same disease or disorder; or wherein the first phenotype comprises a positive response to a therapy and the second phenotype comprises a negative response to the same therapy.
  • the invention provides a method of characterizing a disease or disorder, comprising: a) contacting a biological test sample with the oligonucleotide or plurality of oligonucleotides provided by the invention; b) detecting a presence or level of complexes formed in step (a) between the oligonucleotide or plurality of oligonucleotides provided by the invention and a target in the biological test sample; and c) comparing the presence or level detected in step (b) to a reference level from a biological control sample, thereby characterizing the disease or disorder.
  • the step of detecting may comprise performing sequencing of all or some of the oligonucleotides in the complexes, amplification of all or some of the oligonucleotides in the complexes, and/or hybridization of all or some of the oligonucleotides in the complexes to an array.
  • the sequencing may be high-throughput or next generation sequencing.
  • the step of detecting comprises visualizing the oligonucleotide or plurality of oligonucleotides in association with the biological test sample.
  • PLC polyligand histochemistry
  • the biological test sample and biological control sample may each comprise a tissue sample, a cell culture, or a biological fluid.
  • the biological fluid comprises a bodily fluid.
  • useful bodily fluids within the method described herein comprise peripheral blood, sera, plasma, ascites, urine, cerebrospinal fluid (CSF), sputum, saliva, bone marrow, synovial fluid, aqueous humor, amniotic fluid, cerumen, breast milk, broncheoalveolar lavage fluid, semen, prostatic fluid, cowper’s fluid or pre-ejaculatory fluid, female ejaculate, sweat, fecal matter, hair, tears, cyst fluid, pleural and peritoneal fluid, pericardial fluid, lymph, chyme, chyle, bile, interstitial fluid, menses, pus, sebum, vomit, vaginal secretions, mucosal secretion, stool water, pancreatic juice, lavage fluids from sinus
  • the bodily fluid comprises blood, serum or plasma.
  • the biological fluid may comprise microvesicles.
  • the complexes may be formed between the oligonucleotide or plurality of oligonucleotides and at least one of the microvesicles.
  • the biological test sample and biological control sample may further comprise isolated microvesicles, wherein optionally the microvesicles are isolated using at least one of chromatography, filtration, ultrafiltration, centrifugation, ultracentrifugation, flow cytometry, affinity capture (e.g., to a planar surface, column or bead), polymer precipitation, and using microfluidics.
  • the vesicles can also be isolated after contact with the oligonucleotide or plurality of oligonucleotides.
  • the biological test sample and biological control sample may comprise tissue.
  • the tissue can be formalin fixed paraffin embedded (FFPE) tissue.
  • FFPE formalin fixed paraffin embedded
  • the FFPE tissue comprises at least one of a fixed tissue, unstained slide, bone marrow core or clot, biopsy sample, surgical sample, core needle biopsy, malignant fluid, and fine needle aspirate (FNA).
  • the FFPE tissue can be fixed on a substrate, e.g., a glass slide or membrane.
  • the oligonucleotide or plurality of oligonucleotides binds a polypeptide or fragment thereof.
  • the polypeptide or fragment thereof can be soluble or membrane bound, wherein optionally the membrane comprises a cellular or microvesicle membrane.
  • the membrane could also be from a fragment of a cell, organelle or microvesicle.
  • the polypeptide or fragment thereof comprises a biomarker target of an aptamer identified in the Examples herein.
  • the oligonucleotide or plurality of oligonucleotides may bind a microvesicle surface antigen in the biological sample.
  • the oligonucleotide or plurality of oligonucleotides can be enriched from a naive library against microvesicles.
  • the microvesicles may be isolated in whole or in part using polymer precipitation.
  • the polymer comprises polyethylene glycol (PEG). Any appropriate form of PEG may be used.
  • the PEG may be PEG 8000.
  • the PEG may be used at any appropriate concentration.
  • the PEG can be used at a concentration of 1%, 2%, 3%, 4%, 5%, 6%, 7%,
  • the PEG is used at a concentration of 6%.
  • the disease or disorder detected by the oligonucleotide, plurality of oligonucleotides, or methods provided here may comprise any appropriate disease or disorder of interest, including without limitation Breast Cancer, Alzheimer’s disease, bronchial asthma, Transitional cell carcinoma of the bladder, Giant cellular osteoblastoclastoma, Brain Tumor, Colorectal adenocarcinoma, Chronic obstructive pulmonary disease (COPD), Squamous cell carcinoma of the cervix, acute myocardial infarction (AMI) / acute heart failure, Chron’s Disease, diabetes mellitus type II, Esophageal carcinoma, Squamous cell carcinoma of the larynx, Acute and chronic leukemia of the bone marrow, Lung carcinoma, Malignant lymphoma, Multiple Sclerosis, Ovarian carcinoma, Parkinson disease, Prostate adenocarcinoma, psoriasis,
  • any appropriate disease or disorder of interest including without limitation Breast Cancer, Alzheimer’s disease, bronchial
  • Rheumatoid Arthritis Renal cell carcinoma, Squamous cell carcinoma of skin, Adenocarcinoma of the stomach, carcinoma of the thyroid gland, Testicular cancer, ulcerative colitis, or Uterine adenocarcinoma.
  • the disease or disorder comprises a cancer, a premalignant condition, an inflammatory disease, an immune disease, an autoimmune disease or disorder, a cardiovascular disease or disorder, neurological disease or disorder, infectious disease or pain.
  • the cancer can include without limitation one of acute lymphoblastic leukemia; acute myeloid leukemia; adrenocortical carcinoma; AIDS-related cancers; AIDS-related lymphoma; anal cancer; appendix cancer; astrocytomas; atypical teratoid/rhabdoid tumor; basal cell carcinoma; bladder cancer; brain stem glioma; brain tumor (including brain stem glioma, central nervous system atypical teratoid/rhabdoid tumor, central nervous system embryonal tumors, astrocytomas, craniopharyngioma, ependymoblastoma, ependymoma, astrocytomas, craniopharyngioma, ependymoblastoma,
  • medulloblastoma medulloepithelioma, pineal parenchymal tumors of intermediate differentiation, supratentorial primitive neuroectodermal tumors and pineoblastoma); breast cancer; bronchial tumors; Burkitt lymphoma; cancer of unknown primary site; carcinoid tumor; carcinoma of unknown primary site; central nervous system atypical teratoid/rhabdoid tumor; central nervous system embryonal tumors; cervical cancer; childhood cancers; chordoma; chronic lymphocytic leukemia; chronic myelogenous leukemia; chronic myeloproliferative disorders; colon cancer; colorectal cancer; craniopharyngioma; cutaneous T-cell lymphoma; endocrine pancreas islet cell tumors; endometrial cancer;
  • ependymoblastoma ependymoblastoma
  • ependymoma ependymoma
  • esophageal cancer esthesioneuroblastoma
  • Ewing sarcoma ependymoblastoma
  • extracranial germ cell tumor extragonadal germ cell tumor; extrahepatic bile duct cancer; gallbladder cancer; gastric (stomach) cancer; gastrointestinal carcinoid tumor; gastrointestinal stromal cell tumor; gastrointestinal stromal tumor (GIST); gestational trophoblastic tumor; glioma; hairy cell leukemia; head and neck cancer; heart cancer; Hodgkin lymphoma; hypopharyngeal cancer; intraocular melanoma; islet cell tumors; Kaposi sarcoma; kidney cancer; Langerhans cell histiocytosis; laryngeal cancer; lip cancer; liver cancer; lung cancer; malignant fibrous histiocytoma bone cancer; medulloblastoma;
  • medulloepithelioma melanoma
  • Merkel cell carcinoma Merkel cell skin carcinoma
  • mesothelioma metastatic squamous neck cancer with occult primary
  • mouth cancer multiple endocrine neoplasia syndromes
  • multiple myeloma multiple myeloma/plasma cell neoplasm
  • mycosis fungoides mycosis fungoides
  • myelodysplastic syndromes myeloproliferative neoplasms; nasal cavity cancer; nasopharyngeal cancer; neuroblastoma; Non-Hodgkin lymphoma; nonmelanoma skin cancer; non-small cell lung cancer; oral cancer; oral cavity cancer; oropharyngeal cancer; osteosarcoma; other brain and spinal cord tumors; ovarian cancer; ovarian epithelial cancer; ovarian germ cell tumor; ovarian low malignant potential tumor; pancreatic cancer; papillomatosis; paranasal sinus cancer; parathyroid cancer; pelvic cancer; penile cancer; pharyngeal cancer; pineal parenchymal tumors of intermediate differentiation; pineoblastoma; pituitary tumor; plasma cell neoplasm/multiple myeloma; pleuropulmonary blastoma; primary central nervous system (CNS) lymphoma; primary hepatocellular liver cancer; prostate cancer; rectal cancer; renal cancer; renal cell
  • rhabdomyosarcoma salivary gland cancer; Sezary syndrome; small cell lung cancer; small intestine cancer; soft tissue sarcoma; squamous cell carcinoma; squamous neck cancer; stomach (gastric) cancer; supratentorial primitive neuroectodermal tumors; T-cell lymphoma; testicular cancer; throat cancer; thymic carcinoma; thymoma; thyroid cancer; transitional cell cancer; transitional cell cancer of the renal pelvis and ureter; trophoblastic tumor; ureter cancer; urethral cancer; uterine cancer; uterine sarcoma; vaginal cancer; vulvar cancer; Waldenstrom macroglobulinemia; or Wilm’s tumor.
  • the premalignant condition can include without limitation Barrett’s Esophagus.
  • the autoimmune disease can include without limitation one of inflammatory bowel disease (IBD), Crohn's disease (CD), ulcerative colitis (UC), pelvic inflammation, vasculitis, psoriasis, diabetes, autoimmune hepatitis, multiple sclerosis, myasthenia gravis, Type I diabetes, rheumatoid arthritis, psoriasis, systemic lupus erythematosis (SLE), Hashimoto's Thyroiditis, Grave's disease, Ankylosing Spondylitis Sjogrens Disease, CREST syndrome, Scleroderma, Rheumatic Disease, organ rejection, Primary Sclerosing Cholangitis, or sepsis.
  • IBD inflammatory bowel disease
  • CD Crohn's disease
  • UC ulcerative colitis
  • pelvic inflammation vasculitis
  • psoriasis diabetes
  • autoimmune hepatitis multiple sclerosis
  • the cardiovascular disease can include without limitation one of atherosclerosis, congestive heart failure, vulnerable plaque, stroke, ischemia, high blood pressure, stenosis, vessel occlusion or a thrombotic event.
  • the neurological disease can include without limitation one of Multiple Sclerosis (MS), Parkinson’s Disease (PD), Alzheimer’s Disease (AD), schizophrenia, bipolar disorder, depression, autism, Prion Disease, Pick's disease, dementia, Huntington disease (HD), Down’s syndrome, cerebrovascular disease, Rasmussen's encephalitis, viral meningitis, neurospsychiatric systemic lupus erythematosus (NPSLE), amyotrophic lateral sclerosis, Creutzfeldt- Jacob disease, Gerstmann-Straussler-Scheinker disease, transmissible spongiform encephalopathy, ischemic reperfusion damage (e.g.
  • the pain can include without limitation one of fibromyalgia, chronic neuropathic pain, or peripheral neuropathic pain.
  • the infectious disease can include without limitation one of a bacterial infection, viral infection, yeast infection, Whipple’s Disease, Prion Disease, cirrhosis, methicillin-resistant staphylococcus aureus, HIV, HCV, hepatitis, syphilis, meningitis, malaria, tuberculosis, or influenza.
  • oligonucleotide or plurality of oligonucleotides or methods described herein can be used to assess any number of these or other related diseases and disorders.
  • the oligonucleotide or plurality of oligonucleotides and methods of use thereof are useful for characterizing certain diseases or disease states.
  • a pool of oligonucleotides useful for characterizing various diseases is assembled to create a master pool that can be used to probe useful for characterizing the various diseases.
  • pools of oligonucleotides useful for characterizing specific diseases or disorders can be created as well.
  • the sequences provided herein can also be modified as desired so long as the functional aspects are still maintained (e.g., binding to various targets or ability to characterize a phenotype).
  • the oligonucleotides may comprise DNA or RNA, incorporate various non-natural nucleotides, incorporate other chemical modifications, or comprise various deletions or insertions. Such modifications may facilitate synthesis, stability, delivery, labeling, etc, or may have little to no effect in practice.
  • some nucleotides in an oligonucleotide may be substituted while maintaining functional aspects of the oligonucleotide.
  • 5’ and 3’ flanking regions may be substituted.
  • only a portion of an oligonucleotide may be determined to direct its functionality such that other portions can be deleted or substituted. Numerous techniques to synthesize and modify nucleotides and polynucleotides are disclosed herein or are known in the art.
  • the invention provides a kit comprising a reagent for carrying out the methods described herein provided herein.
  • the invention contemplates use of a reagent for carrying out the methods described herein provided herein.
  • the reagent comprises an oligonucleotide or plurality of oligonucleotides.
  • the oligonucleotide or plurality of oligonucleotides can be those provided herein.
  • the reagent may comprise various other useful components including without limitation microRNA (miR) and messenger RNA (mRNA)), a protein-nucleic acid complex, and various combinations, fragments and/or complexes of any of these.
  • the one or more reagent can be one or more of: a) a reagent configured to isolate a microvesicle, optionally wherein the at least one reagent configured to isolate a microvesicle comprises a binding agent to a microvesicle antigen, a column, a substrate, a filtration unit, a polymer, polyethylene glycol, PEG4000, PEG8000, a particle or a bead; b) at least one oligonucleotide configured to act as a primer or probe in order to amplify, sequence, hybridize or detect the oligonucleotide or plurality of oligonucleotides; c) a reagent configured to remove one or more abundant protein from a sample, wherein optionally the one or more abundant protein comprises at least one of albumin, immunoglobulin, fibrinogen and fibrin; d) a reagent for epitope retrieval; and e) a reagent for PHC visualization.
  • the invention provides oligonucleotide libraries enriched against various biological samples, including tissue samples.
  • Tissue samples may be fixed. Fixation may be used in the preparation of histological sections by which biological tissues are preserved from decay, thereby preventing autolysis or putrefaction.
  • the principal macromolecules inside a cell are proteins and nucleic acids. Fixation terminates any ongoing biochemical reactions, and may also increase the mechanical strength or stability of the treated tissues.
  • tissue fixation can be used to preserve cells and tissue components and to do this in such a way as to allow for the preparation of thin, stained sections.
  • Such samples are available for many biological specimens, e.g., tumor samples.
  • fixed tissues provide a desirable sample source for various applications of the oligonucleotide probe libraries described herein. This process may be referred to as“tissue ADAPT.”
  • Tissue ADAPT has been used to provide various oligonucleotide probes.
  • the invention provides an oligonucleotide comprising a region corresponding to: a) a variable sequence as described in any one of Examples 14-16; b) a variable sequence as described in any one of Table 9, Table 17, or Table 19; or c) a sequence listed in any one of SEQ ID NO. 2922-102921 or 102932-102938.
  • the oligonucleotide further comprises a 5’ region with sequence 5’-CTAGCATGACTGCAGTACGT (SEQ ID NO.
  • the invention further provides an oligonucleotide comprising a nucleic acid sequence or a portion thereof that is at least 50, 55, 60, 65, 70, 75, 80, 85, 90, 95, 96, 97, 98, 99 or 100 percent homologous to such oligonucleotide sequences.
  • the invention provides a plurality of oligonucleotides comprising at least 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 25, 30, 40, 45, 50, 55, 60, 65, 70, 75, 80, 85, 90, 95, 100, 125, 150, 175, 200, 300, 400, 500, 600, 700, 800, 900, 1000, 2000, 3000, 4000, 5000, 6000, 7000, 8000, 9000, 10000, 20000, 30000, 40000, 50000, 60000, 70000, 80000, 90000, or at least 100000 different oligonucleotide sequences as described above.
  • the oligonucleotide or the plurality of oligonucleotides described herein comprise a DNA, RNA, 2’ -O-methyl or phosphorothioate backbone, or any combination thereof.
  • the oligonucleotide or the plurality of oligonucleotides comprises at least one of DNA, RNA, PNA, LNA, UNA, and any combination thereof.
  • the oligonucleotide or at least one member of the plurality of oligonucleotides can have at least one functional modification selected from the group consisting of DNA, RNA, biotinylation, a non-naturally occurring nucleotide, a deletion, an insertion, an addition, and a chemical modification.
  • the chemical modification comprises at least one of Cl 8, polyethylene glycol (PEG), PEG4, PEG6, PEG8, PEG12 and digoxygenin.
  • the oligonucleotide or plurality of oligonucleotides described herein can be labeled using any useful label such as described herein.
  • the oligonucleotide or plurality of oligonucleotides can be attached to a nanoparticle, liposome, gold, magnetic label, fluorescent label, light emitting particle, biotin moiety, or radioactive label.
  • Tissue ADAPT provides for the enrichment of oligonucleotide libraries against samples of interest.
  • the invention provides a method of enriching an oligonucleotide library using multiple rounds of positive and negative selection.
  • the method of enriching a plurality of oligonucleotides may comprise: a) performing at least one round of positive selection, wherein the positive selection comprises: i) contacting at least one sample with the plurality of oligonucleotides, wherein the at least one sample comprises tissue; and ii) recovering members of the plurality of oligonucleotides that associated with the at least one sample; b) optionally performing at least one round of negative selection, wherein the negative selection comprises: i) contacting at least one additional sample with the plurality of oligonucleotides, wherein at least one additonal sample comprises tissue; ii) recovering members of the plurality of oligonucleotides that did not associate with the at least one additonal sample; and
  • the recovered members of the plurality of oligonucleotides in step (a)(ii) are used as the input for the next iteration of step (a)(i).
  • the recovered members of the plurality of oligonucleotides in step (b)(ii) are used as the input for the next iteration of step (a)(i).
  • the unenriched oligonucleotide library may possess great diversity.
  • the unenriched oligonucleotide library may comprise at least 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15,
  • the unenriched oligonucleotide library comprises the naive F-Trin library as described herein.
  • the at least one sample and/or at least one additional sample comprise tissue.
  • tissue may be fixed using methods described herein or known in the art.
  • the fixed tissue may be archived.
  • the fixed tissue may comprise formalin fixed paraffin embedded (FFPE) tissue.
  • FFPE tissue comprises at least one of a fixed tissue, unstained slide, bone marrow core or clot, biopsy sample, surgical sample, core needle biopsy, malignant fluid, and fine needle aspirate (FNA).
  • the FFPE tissue can be fixed on a substrate.
  • the substrate can be a glass slide, membrane, or any other useful material.
  • the at least one sample and/or the at least one additional sample are fixed on different substrates.
  • the at least one sample is fixed on one glass slide whereas the at least one additional sample is fixed on a different glass slide.
  • such slides may be from different patients, different tumors, a same tumor at different time points, multiple slices of the same tumor, etc.
  • the at least one sample and/or the at least one additional sample is fixed on a single substrate.
  • the at least one sample and at least one additional sample are fixed on a same glass slide, such as a tumor sample and normal adjacent tissue to the tumor.
  • the at least one sample and/or the at least one additional sample are lysed, scraped from a substrate, or subjected to microdissection. Lysed samples can be arrayed on a substrate.
  • the invention contemplates any useful substrate.
  • the substrate comprises a membrane.
  • the membrane can be a nitrocellulose membrane.
  • the at least one sample and the at least one additional sample differ in a phenotype of interest.
  • the at least one sample and the at least one additional sample can be from different sections of a same substrate.
  • the samples may comprise cancer tissue and normal adjacent tissue from a fixed tissue sample.
  • the at least one sample and the at least one additional sample may be scraped or microdissected from the same substrate to facilitate enrichment.
  • the oligonucleotide library can be enriched for analysis of any desired phenotype.
  • the phenotype comprises a tissue, anatomical origin, medical condition, disease, disorder, or any combination thereof.
  • the tissue can be muscle, epithelial, connective and nervous tissue, or any combination thereof.
  • the anatomical origin can be the stomach, liver, small intestine, large intestine, rectum, anus, lungs, nose, bronchi, kidneys, urinary bladder, urethra, pituitary gland, pineal gland, adrenal gland, thyroid, pancreas, parathyroid, prostate, heart, blood vessels, lymph node, bone marrow, thymus, spleen, skin, tongue, nose, eyes, ears, teeth, uterus, vagina, testis, penis, ovaries, breast, mammary glands, brain, spinal cord, nerve, bone, ligament, tendon, or any combination thereof.
  • the phenotype can be related to at least one of diagnosis, prognosis, theranosis, medical condition, disease or disorder.
  • the method further comprises determining a target of the enriched members of the oligonucleotide library. Techniques for such determining are provided herein. See, e.g., Examples 9-10, 17 and 19.
  • Tissue ADAPT further comprises analysis of biological samples.
  • the invention provides a method of characterizing a phenotype in a sample comprising: a) contacting the sample with at least one oligonucleotide or plurality of oligonucleotides; and b) identifying a presence or level of a complex formed between the at least one oligonucleotide or plurality of oligonucleotides and the sample, wherein the presence or level is used to characterize the phenotype.
  • the invention provides a method of visualizing a sample comprising: a) contacting the sample with at least one oligonucleotide or plurality of oligonucleotides; b) removing the at least one oligonucleotide or members of the plurality of oligonucleotides that do not bind the sample; and c) visualizing the at least one oligonucleotide or plurality of oligonucleotides that bound to the sample.
  • the visualization can be used to characterize a phenotype.
  • the sample to be characterized can be any useful sample, including without limitation a tissue sample, bodily fluid, cell, cell culture, microvesicle, or any combination thereof.
  • the tissue sample comprises fixed tissue.
  • the tissue may be fixed using any useful technique for fixation known in the art.
  • fixation methods include heat fixation, immersion, perfusion, chemical fixation, cross-linked (for example, with an aldehyde such as formaldehyde or glutaraldehyde), precipitation (e.g., using an alcohol such as methanol, ethanol and acetone, and acetic acid), oxidation (e.g., using osmium tetroxide, potassium dichromate, chromic acid, and potassium permanganate), mercurials, picrates, Bouin solution, hepes-glutamic acid buffer-mediated organic solvent protection effect (HOPE), and freezing.
  • the fixed tissue is formalin fixed paraffin embedded (FFPE) tissue.
  • the FFPE sample comprises at least one of a fixed tissue, unstained slide, bone marrow core or clot, biopsy sample, surgical sample, core needle biopsy, malignant fluid, and fine needle aspirate (FNA).
  • the hybridization comprises contacting the sample with at least one labeled probe that is configured to hybridize with at least one oligonucleotide or plurality of oligonucleotides.
  • the at least one labeled probe can be directly or indirectly attached to a label.
  • the label can be, e.g., a fluorescent, radioactive or magnetic label.
  • An indirect label can be, e.g., biotin or digoxigenin.
  • the sequencing comprises next generation sequencing, dye termination sequencing, and/or pyrosequencing of the at least one oligonucleotide or plurality of oligonucleotides.
  • the visualization may be that of a signal linked directly or indirectly to the at least one oligonucleotide or plurality of oligonucleotides.
  • the signal can be any useful signal, e.g., a fluorescent signal or an enzymatic signal.
  • the enzymatic signal is produced by at least one of a luciferase, firefly luciferase, bacterial luciferase, luciferin, malate dehydrogenase, inease, peroxidase, horseradish peroxidase (HRP), alkaline phosphatase (AP), b-galactosidase, glucoamylase, lysozyme, a saccharide oxidase, glucose oxidase, galactose oxidase, glucose-6-phosphate dehydrogenase, a heterocyclic oxidase, uricase, xanthine oxidase, lactoperoxidase, and microperoxidase.
  • Visualization may comprise use of light microscopy or fluorescent microscopy.
  • PLC polyligand histochemistry
  • the target of at least one of the at least one oligonucleotide or plurality of oligonucleotides may be known.
  • an oligonucleotide may bind a known protein target.
  • the target of at least one the at least one oligonucleotide or plurality of oligonucleotides is unknown.
  • the at least one oligonucleotide or plurality of oligonucleotides may themselves provide a biosignature or other useful result that does not necessarily require knowledge of the antigens bound by some or all of the oligonucleotides.
  • the targets of a portion of the oligonucleotides are known whereas the targets of another portion of the oligonucleotides have not been identified.
  • the at least one oligonucleotide or plurality of oligonucleotides can be as provided herein.
  • the at least one oligonucleotide or plurality of oligonucleotides may have been determined using the enrichment methods described herein provided herein, e.g., enrichment via tissue ADAPT.
  • the at least one oligonucleotide or plurality of oligonucleotides may comprise nucleic acids may have a sequence or a portion thereof that is at least 50, 55, 60, 65, 70, 75, 80, 85, 90, 95, 96, 97, 98, 99 or 100 percent homologous to an oligonucleotide sequence according to at least one of SEQ ID NOs. 1-102938.
  • the phenotype can be a biomarker status.
  • the biomarker is selected from the Examples herein. See, e.g., Tables 12-13, 15-16, 18, and 20-24.
  • the phenotype can be a phenotype comprises a disease or disorder.
  • the methods can be employed to assist in providing a diagnosis, prognosis and/or theranosis for the disease or disorder.
  • the enriching may be performed using sample such that the enriched library can be used to assist in providing a diagnosis, prognosis and/or theranosis for the disease or disorder.
  • the characterizing may comprise assisting in providing a diagnosis, prognosis and/or theranosis for the disease or disorder.
  • the visualization may also comprise assisting in providing a diagnosis, prognosis and/or theranosis for the disease or disorder.
  • the theranosis comprises predicting a treatment efficacy or lack thereof, classifying a patient as a responder or non-responder to treatment, or monitoring a treatment efficacy.
  • the theranosis can be directed to any appropriate treatment, e.g., the treatment may comprise at least one of chemotherapy, immunotherapy, and targeted cancer therapy.
  • the treatment comprises at least one of afatinib, afatinib + cetuximab, alectinib, aspirin, atezolizumab, bicalutamide, cabozantinib, capecitabine, carboplatin, ceritinib, cetuximab, cisplatin, crizotinib, dabrafenib, dacarbazine, doxorubicin, enzalutamide, epirubicin, erlotinib, everolimus, exemestane + everolimus, fluorouracil, fulvestrant, gefitinib, gemcitabine, hormone therapies, irinotecan, lapatinib, liposomal-doxorubicin, matinib, mitomycin-c, nab-paclitaxel, nivolumab, olaparib, osimertinib, oxaliplatin, pal
  • the hormone therapy can be one or more of tamoxifen, toremifene, fulvestrant, letrozole, anastrozole, exemestane, megestrol acetate, leuprolide, goserelin, bicalutamide, flutamide, abiraterone, enzalutamide, triptorelin, abarelix, and degarelix.
  • the theranosis can be for a therapy listed in any one of PCT/US2007/69286, filed May 18, 2007; PCT/US2009/60630, fded October 14, 2009; PCT/ 2010/000407, filed February 11, 2010;
  • an oligonucleotide probe library described herein may be used to characterize a pancreatic tumor as a responder or not to antimetabolite treatment.
  • the antimetabolite treatment may comprise a nucleoside analog, e.g., a pyrimidine nucleoside antagonist such as 5 -fluorouracil, foxuridine, cytarabine, capecitabine, or gemcitabine.
  • a nucleoside analog e.g., a pyrimidine nucleoside antagonist such as 5 -fluorouracil, foxuridine, cytarabine, capecitabine, or gemcitabine.
  • Such analog may be gemcitabine, which may be administered with or without evofosphamide.
  • the characterizing may comprise comparing the presence or level to a reference.
  • the reference comprises a presence or level determined in a sample from an individual without a disease or disorder, or from an individual with a different state of a disease or disorder.
  • the presence or level can be that of a visual level, such as an IHC score, determined by the visualizing.
  • the comparison to the reference of at least one oligonucleotide or plurality of oligonucleotides provided by the invention indicates that the sample comprises a cancer sample or a non-cancer/normal sample.
  • one or more sample comprises a bodily fluid.
  • the bodily fluid can be any useful bodily fluid, including without limitation peripheral blood, sera, plasma, ascites, urine, cerebrospinal fluid (CSF), sputum, saliva, bone marrow, synovial fluid, aqueous humor, amniotic fluid, cerumen, breast milk, broncheoalveolar lavage fluid, semen, prostatic fluid, cowper’s fluid or pre-ejaculatory fluid, female ejaculate, sweat, fecal matter, hair oil, tears, cyst fluid, pleural and peritoneal fluid, pericardial fluid, lymph, chyme, chyle, bile, interstitial fluid, menses, pus,
  • CSF cerebrospinal fluid
  • the sample can be from a subject suspected of having or being predisposed to a medical condition, disease, or disorder.
  • the medical condition, the disease or disorder may be a cancer, a premalignant condition, an inflammatory disease, an immune disease, an autoimmune disease or disorder, a cardiovascular disease or disorder, neurological disease or disorder, infectious disease or pain.
  • the invention provides a kit comprising at least one reagent for carrying out the methods provided by the invention, including enriching an oligonucleotide library, characterizing a sample or visualizing a sample.
  • the invention provides use of at least one reagent for carrying out the methods provided by the invention, including enriching an oligonucleotide library, characterizing a sample or visualizing a sample.
  • the at least one reagent comprises an oligonucleotide or a plurality of oligonucleotides provided herein. Additional useful reagents are also provided herein. See, e.g., the protocols provided in the Examples.
  • the at least one oligonucleotide or plurality of oligonucleotides provided by tissue ADAPT can be used for various purposes. As described above, such oligonucleotides can be used to characterize and/or visualize a sample. As the oligonucleotides are selected to associate with tissues of interest, such associations can also be used for other purposes.
  • the invention provides a method of imaging at least one cell or tissue, comprising contacting the at least one cell or tissue with at least one oligonucleotide or plurality of oligonucleotides provided herein, and detecting the at least one oligonucleotide or the plurality of oligonucleotides in contact with at least one cell or tissue.
  • a method of imaging at least one cell or tissue comprising contacting the at least one cell or tissue with at least one oligonucleotide or plurality of oligonucleotides provided herein, and detecting the at least one oligonucleotide or the plurality of oligonucleotides in contact with at least one cell or tissue.
  • such method can be used for medical imaging of a tumor or tissue in a patient.
  • the at least one oligonucleotide or plurality of oligonucleotides may comprise nucleic acids may have a sequence or a portion thereof that is at least 50, 55, 60, 65, 70, 75, 80, 85, 90, 95, 96, 97, 98, 99 or 100 percent homologous to an oligonucleotide sequence according to at least 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 12, 15, 20, 30, 40, 50, 60, 70, 80, 90, 100, 110, 120, 130, 140, 150, 160, 170, 180, 190, 200, 300, 400, 500, 600, 700, 800, 900, 1000, 2000, 3000, 4000, 5000, 6000, 7000, 8000, 9000, 10000, or all of SEQ ID NOs. 2922-102921 or 102932-102938.
  • the imaging may be, e.g., directed to pancreatic tissue. See Examples 14-17.
  • the at least one oligonucleotide or the plurality of oligonucleotides can carry various useful chemical structures or modifications such as described herein. Such modifications can be made to enhance binding, stability, allow detection, or for other useful purposes.
  • the at least one oligonucleotide or the plurality of oligonucleotides can be administered to a subject prior to the detecting. Such method may allow imaging of at least one cell or tissue in the subject.
  • the at least one cell or tissue comprises neoplastic, malignant, tumor, hyperplastic, or dysplastic cells.
  • the at least one cell or tissue comprises at least one of lymphoma, leukemia, renal carcinoma, sarcoma, hemangiopericytoma, melanoma, abdominal cancer, gastric cancer, colon cancer, cervical cancer, prostate cancer, pancreatic cancer, breast cancer, or non-small cell lung cancer cells.
  • the at least one cell or tissue can be from any desired tissue or related to any desired medicinal condition, disease or disorder such as described herein. See, e.g., Section“Phenotypes” herein.
  • oligonucleotides provided by tissue ADAPT are selected to associate with tissues of interest, such associations can also be used in therapeutic applications such as targeted drug delivery.
  • the oligonucleotides may provide therapeutic benefit alone or by providing targeted delivery of
  • the invention provides a pharmaceutical composition comprising a therapeutically effective amount of a construct comprising the at least one oligonucleotide or the plurality of oligonucleotides as provided herein, or a salt thereof, and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, diluent, or both.
  • the at least one oligonucleotide or plurality of oligonucleotides associates with one or more protein listed in any one of Tables 12-13, 15-16, 18, and 20- 24.
  • the at least one oligonucleotide or plurality of oligonucleotides may comprise nucleic acids having a sequence or a portion thereof, e.g., a variable region, that is at least 50, 55, 60, 65, 70, 75, 80, 85, 90, 95, 96, 97, 98, 99 or 100 percent homologous to an oligonucleotide sequence according to at least 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 12, 15, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40, 45, 50, 55, 60, 65, 70, 75, 80, 85, 90, 95,
  • Such pharmaceutical composition may be useful for therapy related to a cancer, wherein optionally the cancer comprises pancreatic cancer. See, e.g., Examples 14-17.
  • the at least one oligonucleotide or the plurality of oligonucleotides within the pharmaceutical composition can have any useful desired chemical modification.
  • the at least one oligonucleotide or the plurality of oligonucleotides is attached to a toxin or chemotherapeutic agent.
  • the at least one oligonucleotide or the plurality of oligonucleotides may be comprised within a multipartite construct.
  • the at least one oligonucleotide or the plurality of oligonucleotides can be attached to a liposome or nanoparticle.
  • the liposome or nanoparticle comprises a toxin or chemotherapeutic agent.
  • the at least one oligonucleotide or the plurality of oligonucleotides can be used to target a therapeutic agent to a desired cell, tissue, organ or the like.
  • the invention provides a method of beating or ameliorating a disease or disorder in a subject in need thereof, comprising administering the pharmaceutical composition described herein to the subject.
  • the invention provides a method of inducing cytotoxicity in a subject, comprising administering the pharmaceutical composition described herein to the subject.
  • Any useful means of administering can be used, including without limitation at least one of inbadermal, intramuscular, intraperitoneal, intravenous, subcutaneous, intranasal, epidural, oral, sublingual, intracerebral, intravaginal, transdermal, rectal, by inhalation, topical administration, or any combination thereof.
  • the oligonucleotide or plurality of oligonucleotides provided by tissue ADAPT can be used for imaging or therapeutic applications of any desired medical condition, disease or disorder, such as those described herein (see above).
  • oligonucleotides can be used for imaging of tumors from various anatomical locals, or for treatment of cancers derived from various tissues.
  • Gemcitabine is an anti-cancer (“anti-neoplastic” or“cytotoxic”) chemotherapy drug and is classified as an antimetabolite. Antimetabolites are cell-cycle specific and inhibit cellular division.
  • Gemcitabine is a synthetic pyrimidine nucleoside prodrug— a nucleoside analog in which the hydrogen atoms on the 2' carbon of deoxycytidine are replaced by fluorine atoms. After entering a cell and being phosphorylated, gemcitabine masquerades as cytidine and can be into incorporated into new DNA strands as the cell replicates. Incorporation of gemcitabine into the DNA creates an irreparable error that leads to inhibition of further DNA synthesis, and cell death.
  • Other pyrimidine antagonists include 5-fluorouracil, foxuridine, cytarabine, and capecitabine.
  • Gemcitabine is used for the treatment of various cancers, most commonly pancreatic cancer, non small cell lung cancer, bladder cancer, soft-tissue sarcoma, metastatic breast cancer and ovarian cancer.
  • Common side effects include flu-like symptoms (e.g., muscle pain, fever, headache, chills, fatigue), fever, fatigue, nausea, vomiting, loss of appetite, rashes, low blood count, increased liver enzymes, and blood or protein in the urine.
  • Less common side effects include diarrhea, weakness, hair loss, mouth sores, difficulty sleeping and shortness of breath. Severe reactions including bleeding, which may be in the urine or stool, and bruising require medical attention. Tests that would predict sensitivity or not to gemcitabine would help avoid such side effects and the time and expense of unnecessary treatment.
  • Gemcitabine activity is reduced in hypoxic environments, and may be less effective in patients with hypoxic tumors.
  • evofosfamide was designed as a pro-drug that is activated under hypoxic conditions.
  • reduced efficacy of gemcitabine in hypoxic tumors may be partially or fully recovered with the addition of evofosfamide.
  • the invention provides an oligonucleotide comprising a sequence according to any one of: a) SEQ ID NOs. 2922-102938; or b) a row in any one of Table 9, Table 17, or Table 19.
  • the oligonucleotide comprises a sequence according to a row in Table 9.
  • the oligonucleotide comprises a sequence according to a row in Table 17.
  • the oligonucleotide comprises a sequence according to a row in Table 19.
  • the sequence may be according to any one of SEQ ID NOs. 2922-102938.
  • the sequence may be a variable region sequence of an aptamer.
  • variable region may be flanked by additional nucleic acid sequences to impart desired functionality.
  • the variable region may have at least one of a 5’ region with sequence 5’-CTAGCATGACTGCAGTACGT (SEQ ID NO. 3) and a 3’ region with sequence 5’-CTGTCTCTTATACACATCTGACGCTGCCGACGA (SEQ ID NO. 4).
  • these sequences can serve as primer sites.
  • flanking sequences examples include without limitation hybridization sites for PCR primers, promoter sequences for RNA polymerases, restriction sites, homopolymeric sequences, catalytic cores, sites for selective binding to affinity substrates, or other sequences to facilitate cloning, sequencing, capture or attachment of the oligonucleotide.
  • the oligonucleotide aptamer described herein may be capable of binding to a tissue sample, e.g., pancreatic tissue. See, e.g., Example 14. It will be appreciated that various substitutions, additions or deletions may be made to an oligonucleotide described herein without significantly altering its functionality.
  • the invention provides an oligonucleotide that is at least 50, 55, 60, 65, 70, 75, 80, 85, 86, 87, 88, 89, 90, 91, 92, 93, 94, 95, 96, 97, 98, 99 or 100 percent identical or homologous to an oligonucleotide sequence described above. In some cases, such alterations may improve various characteristics if so desired, such as enhanced stability and/or binding, or more or less specific binding.
  • the invention provides pools of oligonucleotide probes or aptamers.
  • Example 14 herein describes the development of such a pool useful for predicting patient benefit or lack of benefit from gemcitabine or gemcitabine plus evofosfamide.
  • the aptamer pool can include any useful and desired number of the oligonucleotide provided herein, including those described in the paragraphs above.
  • the invention provides a plurality of oligonucleotides (aptamer pool) comprising different members with oligonucleotide sequences according to at least 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12,
  • the invention provides a plurality of oligonucleotides comprising different members with oligonucleotide sequences having a region according to at least 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13,
  • the invention provides a plurality of oligonucleotides comprising different members with oligonucleotide sequences having a region according to at least 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 25, 30, 40, 45, 50, 55, 60, 65, 70, 75, 80, 85, 90, 95 or 100 rows in Table 19. See Examples 14 and 16 herein for description and uses of such pools.
  • the invention provides a plurality of oligonucleotides comprising member nucleic acid sequences or a portion thereof that are at least 50, 55, 60, 65, 70, 75, 80, 85, 86, 87, 88, 89,
  • the plurality of oligonucleotides can include at least 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 25, 30, 40, 45, 50, 55, 60, 65, 70, 75, 80, 85, 90, 95, 100, 110, 120, 130, 140, 150, 160, 170, 180, 190, 200, 300, 400, 500, 600, 700, 800, 900, 1000, 2000, 3000, 4000, 5000, 6000, 7000, 8000, 9000, 10000, 20000, 30000, 40000, 50000, 60000, 70000, 80000, 90000 or at least 100000 different oligonucleotide sequences provided by the invention.
  • an oligonucleotide probe library of high diversity with over 100000 sequences can be used to stain a tissue sample. See Example 14. However, a subpool thereof may also be used to stain the tissue sample if so desired. See, e g., Example 16.
  • the oligonucleotide or the plurality of oligonucleotides described herein comprise a DNA, RNA, 2’ -O-methyl or phosphorothioate backbone, or any combination thereof. Such modifications can be chosen for ease of synthesis, or to improve or detract stability.
  • the oligonucleotide or the plurality of oligonucleotides comprises at least one of DNA, RNA, PNA, LNA, UNA, and any useful combination thereof.
  • oligonucleotides can have at least one functional modification selected from the group consisting of DNA, RNA, biotinylation, a non-naturally occurring nucleotide, a deletion, an insertion, an addition, and a chemical modification.
  • the chemical modification comprises at least one of Cl 8, polyethylene glycol (PEG), PEG4, PEG6, PEG8, PEG12 and digoxygenin.
  • PEG polyethylene glycol
  • PEG4 polyethylene glycol
  • PEG6 PEG8 PEG12 digoxygenin
  • the oligonucleotide or plurality of oligonucleotides can be attached to a nanoparticle, liposome, gold, magnetic label, fluorescent label, light emitting particle, biotin moiety, or radioactive label.
  • a biotin moiety is particularly useful as it can be used for various purposes through its interaction with streptavidin or similar binding partner.
  • a biotinylated aptamer can be captured or immobilized to a surface comprising streptavidin, or such biotinylated aptamer can be detected using a label such as streptavidin horse radish peroxidase (SA-HRP).
  • SA-HRP streptavidin horse radish peroxidase
  • the invention provides an isolated oligonucleotide or plurality of
  • the oligonucleotide or plurality of oligonucleotides described herein can be used to predict a response to various treatments.
  • the terms“response” or“non-response,” as used herein, refer to any appropriate indication that a treatment provides a benefit to a patient (a “responder” or“benefiter”) or has a lack of benefit to the patient (a“non-responder” or“non-benefiter”).
  • Such an indication may be determined using accepted clinical response criteria such as the standard Response Evaluation Criteria in Solid Tumors (RECIST) criteria, or any other useful patient response criteria such as progression free survival (PFS), time to progression (TTP), disease free survival (DFS), time-to-next treatment (TNT, TTNT), tumor shrinkage or disappearance, or the like.
  • RECIST is a set of rules published by an international consortium that define when tumors improve (“respond”), stay the same (“stabilize”), or worsen (“progress”) during treatment of a cancer patient.
  • a patient“benefit” from a treatment may refer to any appropriate measure of improvement, including without limitation a RECIST response or longer PFS/TTP/DFS/TNT/TTNT, whereas“lack of benefit” from a treatment may refer to any appropriate measure of worsening disease during treatment.
  • disease stabilization is considered a benefit, although in certain
  • stabilization may be considered a lack of benefit.
  • a predicted or indicated benefit may be described as“indeterminate” if there is not an acceptable level of prediction of benefit or lack of benefit. In some cases, benefit is considered indeterminate if it cannot be calculated, e.g., due to lack of necessary data.
  • the treatment may comprise gemcitabine. See, e.g., Examples 14-17.
  • the invention provides a method of predicting response to gemcitabine comprising: providing at least one sample from a subject; contacting the at least one sample with at least one oligonucleotide or plurality of
  • the invention provides a method of predicting response to gemcitabine comprising: providing at least one sample from a subject; detecting a presence or level of at least one protein in at least one of Tables 12-13, 15-16, 18, and 20-24 in the at least one sample; and predicting response to the gemcitabine based on the detected presence or level.
  • the invention provides a method of predicting response to gemcitabine comprising: providing at least one sample from a subject; contacting the at least one sample with at least one oligonucleotide aptamer that specifically binds to at least one protein in at least one of Tables 12-13, 15-16, 18, and 20-24; detecting a presence or level of members of the at least one oligonucleotide aptamer that associated with the at least one protein; and predicting response to the gemcitabine based on the detected presence or level.
  • the at least one oligonucleotide aptamer can be at least one oligonucleotide or plurality of oligonucleotides provided herein.
  • the treatment may comprise combination therapy with gemcitabine and evofosfamide. See, e.g., Examples 14-17.
  • the invention provides a method of predicting response to gemcitabine and evofosfamide comprising: providing at least one sample from a subject; contacting the at least one sample with at least one oligonucleotide or plurality of oligonucleotides provided herein; detecting a presence or level of the at least one oligonucleotide or members of the plurality of oligonucleotides that associated with the at least one sample; and predicting response to the gemcitabine and evofosfamide based on the detected presence or level.
  • the invention provides a method of predicting response to gemcitabine and evofosfamide comprising: providing at least one sample from a subject; detecting a presence or level of at least one protein in at least one of Tables 12-13, 15-16, 18, and 20-24 in the at least one sample; and predicting response to the gemcitabine and evofosfamide based on the detected presence or level.
  • the invention provides a method of predicting response to gemcitabine and evofosfamide comprising: providing at least one sample from a subject; contacting the at least one sample with at least one oligonucleotide aptamer that specifically binds to at least one protein in at least one of Tables 12-13, 15-16, 18, and 20-24; detecting a presence or level of members of the at least one oligonucleotide aptamer that associated with the at least one target; and predicting response to the gemcitabine and evofosfamide based on the detected presence or level.
  • the at least one oligonucleotide aptamer can be at least one oligonucleotide or plurality of oligonucleotides provided herein.
  • any useful means of detecting may be selected as desired.
  • nucleic acids may be detected using sequencing, amplification, hybridization, gel electrophoresis,
  • the sequencing may be high throughput or next generation sequencing (GS).
  • proteins may be detecting using various immunoassays, immunohistochemistry, poly -ligand histochemistry (referred to herein as PHC or PLP), flow cytometry, or the like.
  • the detecting may be qualitative (e.g., present/absent) or quantitative (e.g., concentration, copy number, staining intensity, etc) as desired. Additional non-limiting examples of technology that can be used to detect nucleic acids and proteins are described in section“Biomarker Detection” herein.
  • the predicting comprises comparing the detected presence or level to a reference.
  • the reference may be a set value, e.g., not detected, zero, or a set value or the like.
  • the reference may be lack of staining, or 0. See, e.g., Example 14.
  • the reference can be a detected presence or level determined in a relevant control, including without limitation a sample from an individual without a disease or disorder, or a sample from an individual with a different state of a disease or disorder.
  • the presence or level is used to identify a responder to gemcitabine.
  • the reference may be the presence or level in a non responder to gemcitabine.
  • the reference may be the presence or level in a responder to gemcitabine.
  • Positive detection may predict non-beneficial response to the gemcitabine or gemcitabine and evofosfamide, whereas negative detection may predict beneficial response to the gemcitabine or gemcitabine and evofosfamide.
  • positive detection indicates that a positive presence is detected (e.g., aptamers are bound to a tissue as evidenced by staining using poly-ligand histochemistry) or that the level detected is above a threshold, such as a control level.
  • negative detection indicates that a presence is not detected (e.g., no aptamers are bound to a tissue as evidenced by lack of staining using poly -ligand histochemistry) or that the level detected is below a threshold, such as a control level.
  • the threshold may be set such that a level detected at or close to the threshold is considered positive or negative, as desired. In some embodiments, a level detected at or close to the threshold is considered indeterminate.
  • the at least one sample can be a bodily fluid, tissue sample or cell culture.
  • tissue sample may comprise fixed tissue, including without limitation formalin fixed paraffin embedded (FFPE) tissue.
  • FFPE tissue may be at least one of a fixed tissue, an unstained slide, bone marrow core or clot, biopsy sample, surgical sample, core needle biopsy, malignant fluid, and fine needle aspirate (FNA).
  • the FFPE tissue may be fixed on a substrate, including without limitation a glass slide or membrane.
  • a bodily fluid sample include peripheral blood, sera, plasma, ascites, urine, cerebrospinal fluid (CSF), sputum, saliva, bone marrow, synovial fluid, aqueous humor, amniotic fluid, cerumen, breast milk, broncheoalveolar lavage fluid, semen, prostatic fluid, cowper’s fluid or pre -ejaculatory fluid, female ejaculate, sweat, fecal matter, hair oil, tears, cyst fluid, pleural and peritoneal fluid, pericardial fluid, lymph, chyme, chyle, bile, interstitial fluid, menses, pus, sebum, vomit, vaginal secretions, mucosal secretion, stool water, pancreatic juice, lavage fluids from sinus cavities, bronchopulmonary aspirates, blastocyl cavity fluid, or umbilical cord blood.
  • CSF cerebrospinal fluid
  • Gemcitabine may be used in combination with other therapies in order to treat various cancers. While such combinations may be effective, they may also incur additional toxicities. See, e.g., Jin SF, et al., Gemcitabine-based combination therapy compared with gemcitabine alone for advanced pancreatic cancer: a meta-analysis of nine randomized controlled trials. Hepatobiliary Pancreat Dis Int. 2017 Jun; 16(3): 236-244, which reference is incorporated by reference herein in its entirety. Thus, it is advantageous to identify patients more likely to benefit from such treatments.
  • the response to the gemcitabine and/or evofosfamide is determined when the gemcitabine and/or evofosfamide is given in combination with at least one other therapy.
  • the at least one other therapy can be any useful therapy, including without limitation at least one chemotherapeutic agent,
  • the at least one chemotherapeutic agent comprises carboplatin, evofosfamide, 5-fluorouracil (5-FU), folinic acid (leucovorin), irinotecan, oxaliplatin, erlotinib, FOLFIRINOX (i.e., 5-FU, folinic acid, irinotecan, and oxaliplatin), paclitaxel, nab-paclitaxel, or any combination thereof.
  • the at least one chemotherapeutic agent may include evofosfamide.
  • the methods of predicting response to gemcitabine and/or evofosfamide provided by the invention may be useful in various settings, including without limitation when the subject: i) has a disease or disorder; ii) is suspected of having or being predisposed to a disease or disorder; iii) is in need of treatment with gemcitabine and/or evofosfamide; or iv) is being considered for treatment with gemcitabine and/or evofosfamide.
  • the disease or disorder can be any that may benefit from such treatment, including without limitation one or more of a cancer, a premalignant condition, an
  • the cancer comprises an acute lymphoblastic leukemia; acute myeloid leukemia; adrenocortical carcinoma; AIDS- related cancers; AIDS-related lymphoma; anal cancer; appendix cancer; astrocytomas; atypical teratoid/rhabdoid tumor; basal cell carcinoma; bladder cancer; brain stem glioma; brain tumor (including brain stem glioma, central nervous system atypical teratoid/rhabdoid tumor, central nervous system embryonal tumors, astrocytomas, craniopharyngioma, ependymoblastoma, ependymoma,
  • medulloblastoma medulloepithelioma, pineal parenchymal tumors of intermediate differentiation, supratentorial primitive neuroectodermal tumors and pineoblastoma); breast cancer; bronchial tumors; Burkitt lymphoma; cancer of unknown primary site; carcinoid tumor; carcinoma of unknown primary site; central nervous system atypical teratoid/rhabdoid tumor; central nervous system embryonal tumors; cervical cancer; childhood cancers; chordoma; chronic lymphocytic leukemia; chronic myelogenous leukemia; chronic myeloproliferative disorders; colon cancer; colorectal cancer; craniopharyngioma; cutaneous T-cell lymphoma; endocrine pancreas islet cell tumors; endometrial cancer;
  • ependymoblastoma ependymoblastoma
  • ependymoma ependymoma
  • esophageal cancer esthesioneuroblastoma
  • Ewing sarcoma ependymoblastoma
  • extracranial germ cell tumor extragonadal germ cell tumor; extrahepatic bile duct cancer; gallbladder cancer; gastric (stomach) cancer; gastrointestinal carcinoid tumor; gastrointestinal stromal cell tumor; gastrointestinal stromal tumor (GIST); gestational trophoblastic tumor; glioma; hairy cell leukemia; head and neck cancer; heart cancer; Hodgkin lymphoma; hypopharyngeal cancer; intraocular melanoma; islet cell tumors; Kaposi sarcoma; kidney cancer; Langerhans cell histiocytosis; laryngeal cancer; lip cancer; liver cancer; lung cancer; malignant fibrous histiocytoma bone cancer; medulloblastoma;
  • medulloepithelioma melanoma
  • Merkel cell carcinoma Merkel cell skin carcinoma
  • mesothelioma metastatic squamous neck cancer with occult primary
  • mouth cancer multiple endocrine neoplasia syndromes
  • multiple myeloma multiple myeloma/plasma cell neoplasm
  • mycosis fungoides mycosis fungoides
  • myelodysplastic syndromes myeloproliferative neoplasms; nasal cavity cancer; nasopharyngeal cancer; neuroblastoma; Non-Hodgkin lymphoma; nonmelanoma skin cancer; non-small cell lung cancer; oral cancer; oral cavity cancer; oropharyngeal cancer; osteosarcoma; other brain and spinal cord tumors; ovarian cancer; ovarian epithelial cancer; ovarian germ cell tumor; ovarian low malignant potential tumor; pancreatic cancer; papillomatosis; paranasal sinus cancer; parathyroid cancer; pelvic cancer; penile cancer; pharyngeal cancer; pineal parenchymal tumors of intermediate differentiation; pineoblastoma; pituitary tumor; plasma cell neoplasm/multiple myeloma; pleuropulmonary blastoma; primary central nervous system (CNS) lymphoma; primary hepatocellular liver cancer; prostate cancer; rectal cancer; renal cancer; renal cell
  • rhabdomyosarcoma salivary gland cancer; Sezary syndrome; small cell lung cancer; small intestine cancer; soft tissue sarcoma; squamous cell carcinoma; squamous neck cancer; stomach (gastric) cancer; supratentorial primitive neuroectodermal tumors; T-cell lymphoma; testicular cancer; throat cancer; thymic carcinoma; thymoma; thyroid cancer; transitional cell cancer; transitional cell cancer of the renal pelvis and ureter; trophoblastic tumor; ureter cancer; urethral cancer; uterine cancer; uterine sarcoma; vaginal cancer; vulvar cancer; Waldenstrom macroglobulinemia; or Wilm’s tumor.
  • the cancer comprises at least one of breast cancer, ovarian cancer, non-small cell lung cancer, pancreatic cancer, and bladder cancer.
  • the cancer can be pancreatic cancer. See Example 14 herein.
  • Other exemplary types of diseases and disorders that may benefit from the methods described herein, including various cancers, are disclosed herein. See, e.g., section“Phenotypes.”
  • Treatment regimen for the subject may be directed by the response to gemcitabine and/or evofosfamide predicted by the methods described herein.
  • the methods described herein may further comprise administering gemcitabine and/or evofosfamide, with or without other combination therapy, to the subject.
  • a treating physician e.g., an oncologist, will make the decision based upon the prediction of the methods and potentially other clinical factors such as prior treatments, patient age, and known propensity to side effects.
  • the gemcitabine is administered to the subject when the methods described herein predict beneficial response to the gemcitabine.
  • the gemcitabine and evofosfamide is administered to the subject when the methods described herein predict beneficial response to the gemcitabine and evofosfamide. Likewise, predicted lack of benefit may direct the treating physician to forego gemcitabine with or without evofosfamide and prescribe another treatment regimen with potentially greater patient benefit.
  • the invention provides a reagent for carrying out methods of predicting response to gemcitabine and/or evofosfamide provided by the invention.
  • the invention provides for the use of a reagent for carrying out these methods.
  • the reagent may be any useful reagent, including without limitation one or more of at least oligonucleotide or plurality of oligonucleotides provided herein, or another binding agent at least one protein in at least one of Tables 12-13, 15-16, 18, and 20-24.
  • the oligonucleotide or plurality of oligonucleotides provided by the invention were enriched and selected for their ability to bind tissue samples. See Example 14 for details.
  • the oligonucleotide or plurality of oligonucleotides bind constituents of the tissue samples, including cells and cellular proteins. See, e.g., Tables 12-13, 15-16, 18, and 20-24 and accompanying text.
  • the invention provides a method of imaging at least one cell or tissue, comprising contacting the at least one cell or tissue with at least one oligonucleotide or plurality of oligonucleotides provided by the invention herein, and detecting the at least one oligonucleotide or the plurality of oligonucleotides in contact with at least one cell or tissue.
  • the at least one oligonucleotide or plurality of oligonucleotides comprises nucleic acids having a sequence or a portion thereof (e.g., a variable region) that is at least 50, 55, 60, 65, 70, 75, 80, 85, 90, 95, 96, 97, 98, 99 or 100 percent homologous to an oligonucleotide sequence according to at least 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 12, 15, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40, 50, 60, 70, 80, 90, 100, 200, 300, 400, 500, 600, 700, 800, 900, 1000, 2000, 3000, 4000, 5000, 6000, 7000, 8000, 9000, 10000, 20000, 30000, 40000, 50000, 60000, 70000, 80000, 90000, 100000 or all of SEQ ID NOs.
  • the at least one oligonucleotide or plurality of oligonucleotides may associate with one or more protein listed in any one of Tables 12-13, 15-16, 18, and 20-24.
  • the at least one cell or tissue comprises pancreatic tissue or cells. See Example 14.
  • the at least one oligonucleotide or the plurality of oligonucleotides may carry, directly or indirectly, a detectable label.
  • the label may comprise nanoparticle, liposome, gold, magnetic label, fluorescent label, light emitting particle, light reactive moiety, radioactive label or enzymatic label.
  • Various useful labels are described in the section“Biomarker Detection” herein.
  • the at least one oligonucleotide or the plurality of oligonucleotides is administered to a subject prior to the detecting.
  • such administering may allow localization of a target of the at least one oligonucleotide or the plurality of oligonucleotides.
  • each oligonucleotide aptamer may target a particular epitope on a protein or the like
  • the target of the imaging may be a larger entity such as a cell, organ or tissue.
  • the cell, organ or tissue comprises neoplastic, malignant, tumor, hyperplastic, and/or dysplastic cells.
  • Such targets may comprise at least one of lymphoma, leukemia, renal carcinoma, sarcoma, hemangiopericytoma, melanoma, abdominal cancer, gastric cancer, colon cancer, cervical cancer, prostate cancer, pancreatic cancer, breast cancer, or non- small cell lung cancer cells.
  • a cancer being imaged may comprise at least one of breast cancer, ovarian cancer, non-small cell lung cancer, pancreatic cancer, bladder cancer and sarcoma.
  • Non-limiting examples of medical conditions, diseases or disorders, including additional useful cancers, that may be imaged via the methods described herein are found in section“Phenotypes” herein.
  • the oligonucleotide or plurality of oligonucleotides provided by the invention were enriched and selected for their ability to bind tissue samples. See Example 14 for details.
  • the oligonucleotide or plurality of oligonucleotides bind constituents of the tissue samples, including cells and cellular proteins. See, e.g., Tables 12-13, 15-16, 18, and 20-24 and accompanying text.
  • the invention provides a pharmaceutical composition comprising a therapeutically effective amount of a construct comprising at least one oligonucleotide or plurality of oligonucleotides as provided by the invention, or a salt thereof, and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, diluent, or both.
  • the at least one oligonucleotide or plurality of oligonucleotides may comprise nucleic acids having a sequence or a portion thereof, e.g., an aptamer variable region, that is at least 50, 55, 60, 65, 70, 75, 80, 85, 90, 95, 96, 97, 98, 99 or 100 percent homologous to an oligonucleotide sequence according to at least 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 12, 15, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40, 50, 60, 70, 80, 90, 100, 200, 300, 400, 500, 600, 700, 800, 900, 1000, 2000, 3000,
  • an aptamer variable region that is at least 50, 55, 60, 65, 70, 75, 80, 85, 90, 95, 96, 97, 98, 99 or 100 percent homologous to an oligonucleotide sequence according to at least 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 12, 15, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40, 50, 60, 70, 80
  • the at least one oligonucleotide or plurality of oligonucleotides associates with, e.g., specifically binds, one or more protein listed in any one of Tables 12-13, 15-16, 18, and 20-24.
  • the at least one oligonucleotide or the plurality of oligonucleotides may be modified as described herein.
  • the at least one oligonucleotide or the plurality of oligonucleotides can be attached to a toxin or therapeutic agent.
  • the aptamer/s may serve to deliver such toxin or therapeutic agent to a desired location, such as a cell, tissue or organ.
  • the at least one oligonucleotide or the plurality of oligonucleotides is comprised within a multipartite construct. See, e.g., section“Anti-target and multivalent
  • oligonucleotides herein.
  • the at least one oligonucleotide or the plurality of oligonucleotides can be attached to a liposome or nanoparticle, e.g., to effect delivery thereof.
  • the liposome or nanoparticle may deliver various entities, e.g., a toxin or therapeutic agent. Such entities can be payload or on the surface of the particles as desired.
  • entities e.g., a toxin or therapeutic agent.
  • Such entities can be payload or on the surface of the particles as desired.
  • Various useful aptamer modifications, constructs, conjugates and compositions thereof are further described herein, including without limitation in sections“Therapeutics,”“Anti-target and Multivalent Oligonucleotides,”“Modifications,”“Pharmaceutical Compositions,” and sub-sections thereof.
  • the invention further provides method of using the pharmaceutical compositions described herein for treating or ameliorating medical conditions, diseases and/or disorders.
  • the invention provides a method of treating or ameliorating such medical conditions, diseases and/or disorders in a subject in need thereof, comprising administering the pharmaceutical composition described herein to the subject.
  • Such administration may include cytotoxic effect, i.e., cell killing.
  • the medical condition, disease or disorder comprises a proliferative disorder, neoplasia, or cancer.
  • the cancer may be at least one of breast cancer, ovarian cancer, non-small cell lung cancer, pancreatic cancer, bladder cancer, or sarcoma. Such cancers are most commonly treated with gemcitabine.
  • the cancer may be refractory (e.g., resistant or non-responsive) to gemcitabine.
  • the cancer may be refractory to gemcitabine in combination with evofosfamide.
  • Additional medical conditions, diseases or disorders that may be treated using the pharmaceutical compositions described herein, including additional cancers, are listed herein in section“Phenotypes.” Any useful means of administering the pharmaceutical composition described herein may be used, including without limitation at least one of intradermal, intramuscular, intraperitoneal, intravenous, subcutaneous, intranasal, epidural, oral, sublingual, intracerebral, intravaginal, transdermal, rectal, by inhalation, topical administration, or any combination thereof.
  • the oligonucleotide or the plurality of oligonucleotides within the pharmaceutical composition described herein may be chosen to preferentially bind certain targets of interest.
  • the disease or disorder being treated comprises a pancreatic cancer and the at least one oligonucleotide or plurality of oligonucleotides associates with one or more protein listed in Table 20.
  • the disease or disorder displays gemcitabine resistance and the at least one oligonucleotide or plurality of oligonucleotides associates with one or more protein listed in Table 21.
  • the disease or disorder comprises tumor hypoxia and the at least one oligonucleotide or plurality of oligonucleotides associates with one or more protein listed in Table 22.
  • the disease or disorder can be a pancreatic cancer displaying both gemcitabine resistance and tumor hypoxia and the at least one oligonucleotide or plurality of oligonucleotides may associate with one or more protein selected from the group consisting of CAPN1, CDC42, FN1, G6PD, LTF, PDIA3, RAB11A, S100P, TABLN2, and TNC.
  • the disease or disorder can be a pancreatic cancer displaying gemcitabine resistance and the at least one oligonucleotide or plurality of oligonucleotides may associate with one or more protein selected from the group consisting of AKR1C1, DDX17, HIST1H3A, HSPB1, RAB14, and RECQL.
  • the disease or disorder can be a pancreatic cancer displaying tumor hypoxia and the at least one oligonucleotide or plurality of oligonucleotides may associate with one or more protein selected from the group consisting of ACTN4, ALDOA, CALM1, CBR1, COL4A2, COL6A1, COMP, DES, GPI, LASPI, MUC5AC, PCBP1, PEBP1, PFN1, RAN, RPS6, S100A6, SND1, TALDOl, TKT, VCL, and VIM.
  • the oligonucleotide or plurality of oligonucleotides described herein were enriched and selected for their ability to bind tissue samples. See Example 14 for details.
  • the protein targets of such oligonucleotides are present in such tissue samples.
  • the protein targets of the oligonucleotides described herein are useful for targeting certain cells, tissues or organs.
  • the invention provides a binding agent to a protein target of the oligonucleotide or plurality of
  • the binding agent can be any useful agent that can bind the protein target with a desired level of specificity.
  • the binding agent comprises one or more of a nucleic acid, DNA molecule, RNA molecule, antibody, antibody fragment, aptamer, peptoid, zDNA, peptide nucleic acid (PNA), locked nucleic acid (LNA), lectin, peptide, dendrimer, protein labeling agent, drug, small molecule, chemical compound, or any combination thereof.
  • the binding agent may be conjugated or otherwise attached to chemical moieties or other entities to impart desired properties.
  • the binding agent is attached to a toxin, small molecule, therapeutic agent or
  • the binding agent is used to deliver such agents to the protein target.
  • the binding agent is attached to a detectable label, such as a label described herein.
  • the label may comprise nanoparticle, liposome, gold, magnetic label, fluorescent label, light emitting particle, light reactive moiety, radioactive label or enzymatic label.
  • the invention provides a pharmaceutical composition
  • a pharmaceutical composition comprising a therapeutically effective amount of the binding agent described herein, or a salt thereof, and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, diluent, or both.
  • the binding agent may be attached directly or indirectly to at least one of a toxin, therapeutic agent, liposome or nanoparticle.
  • the invention provides a method of treating or ameliorating a medical condition, disease or disorder in a subject in need thereof, comprising administering the pharmaceutical composition provided herein to the subject. Such administration may induce cytotoxicity to certain cells.
  • the medical condition, disease or disorder comprises a proliferative disease or disorder, neoplasia, or cancer.
  • the cancer may be breast cancer, ovarian cancer, non-small cell lung cancer, pancreatic cancer, bladder cancer or sarcoma.
  • any useful means of administering the pharmaceutical composition described herein may be used, including without limitation at least one of intradermal, intramuscular, intraperitoneal, intravenous, subcutaneous, intranasal, epidural, oral, sublingual, intracerebral, intravaginal, transdermal, rectal, by inhalation, topical administration, or any combination thereof.
  • the cancer is refractory to gemcitabine, or the cancer is refractory to gemcitabine with evofosfamide.
  • the disease or disorder being treated comprises a pancreatic cancer and the binding agent associates with one or more protein listed in Table 20.
  • the disease or disorder displays gemcitabine resistance and the binding agent associates with one or more protein listed in Table 21.
  • the disease or disorder comprises tumor hypoxia and the binding agent associates with one or more protein listed in Table 22.
  • the disease or disorder can be a pancreatic cancer displaying both gemcitabine resistance and tumor hypoxia and the binding agent may associate with one or more protein selected from the group consisting of CAPN1, CDC42, FN1, G6PD, LTF, PDIA3, RAB11A, S100P, TABLN2, and TNC.
  • the disease or disorder can be a pancreatic cancer displaying gemcitabine resistance and the binding agent may associate with one or more protein selected from the group consisting of AKR1C1, DDX17, HIST1H3A, HSPB1, RAB14, and RECQL.
  • the disease or disorder can be a pancreatic cancer displaying tumor hypoxia and the binding agent may associate with one or more protein selected from the group consisting of ACTN4, ALDOA, CALM1, CBR1, COL4A2, COL6A1, COMP, DES, GPI, LASPI, MUC5AC, PCBP1, PEBP1, PFN1, RAN, RPS6, S100A6, SND1, TALDOl, TKT, VCL, and VIM.
  • the binding agent associates with one or more protein not known to be associated with pancreatic cancer, gemcitabine resistance, hypoxia, or any combination thereof.
  • Non-limiting examples of such one or more protein are listed in Table 23.
  • Various combinations of binding agents may be administered to achieve desired efficacy. The administering may be performed after predicting a response of the subject to gemcitabine and/or evofosfamide as described herein. As a non-limiting example, the pharmaceutical composition may be administered if the methods described herein indicate non-benefit or indeterminate benefit from the gemcitabine and/or evofosfamide.
  • the invention also provides a kit comprising one or more reagent to carry out the methods described herein.
  • the one or more reagent can be the one or more aptamer, a buffer, blocker, enzyme, or combination thereof.
  • the one or more reagent may comprise any useful reagents for carrying out the subject methods, including without limitation aptamer libraries, substrates such as microbeads or planar arrays or wells, reagents for biomarker and/or microvesicle isolation (e.g., via chromatography, filtration, ultrafiltration, centrifugation, ultracentrifugation, flow cytometry, affinity capture (e.g., to a planar surface, column or bead), polymer precipitation, and/or using microfluidics), aptamers directed to specific targets, aptamer pools that facilitate detection of a tissue/cell/microvesicle/biomarker population, reagents such as primers for nucleic acid sequencing or amplification, arrays
  • the one or more reagent may also comprise various compositions provided by the invention.
  • the one or more reagent comprises one or more aptamer described herein.
  • the one or more reagent can comprise a substrate, such as a planar substate, column or bead.
  • the kit can contain instructions to carry out various assays using the one or more reagent.
  • the one or more reagent may comprise a reagent for performing a PHC/PLP assay, including components of enzymatic detection systems and substrates thereof useful for staining a tissue sample. See, e.g., Example 14 herein.
  • the kit comprises an oligonucleotide probe or composition provided herein.
  • the kit can be configured to carry out the methods provided herein.
  • the kit can include an aptamer described herein, a substrate, or both an aptamer described herein and a substrate.
  • the kit is configured to carry out an assay.
  • the kit can contain one or more reagent and instructions for detecting the presence or level of a biological entity in a biological sample.
  • the kit can include one or more binding agent to a biological entity of interest.
  • the one or more binding agent can be bound to a substrate.
  • the one or more binding agent can be modified to allow capture, detection or visualization.
  • the one or more binding agent can be biotinylated or conjugated to digoxigenin.
  • the kit comprises a set of oligonucleotides that provide a particular oligonucleotide profile for a biological sample.
  • An oligonucleotide profile can include, without limitation, a profde that can be used to characterize a particular disease or disorder.
  • the disease or disorder can be a proliferative disease or disorder, including without limitation a cancer.
  • the cancer comprises a breast cancer, ovarian cancer, non-small cell lung cancer, pancreatic cancer, bladder cancer, or sarcoma.
  • aptamers conjugated to microspheres are used to assist in determining the target of two aptamers identified by library screening methods as described herein.
  • the approach is used to verify the targets of CAR003, an aptamer identified by library screening to recognize EpCAM.
  • CAR003 is an aptamer candidate identified using the above methodology.
  • RNA aptamer As an RNA aptamer, CAR003 with alternate tail sequence has the following RNA sequence (SEQ ID NO. 3):
  • the sequence of CAR003 is randomly rearranged before linkage to the microspheres.
  • the microspheres are used as controls to bind to targets that are similar but not identical to the intended target molecule.
  • the candidate aptamers here, CAR003 and negative control aptamers (here, randomly arranged CAR003) are synthesized with modifications to allow capture (here, the aptamers are biotinylated) and crosslinking (here, using the Sulfo-SBED Biotin Label Transfer Reagent and Kit, Catalog Number 33073 from Thermo Fisher Scientific Inc., Rockford, IL, to allow photocrosslinking).
  • Each of the aptamers is individually mixed with microvesicles having the target of interest (here, BrCa cell line microvesicles).
  • microvesicles are lysed, thereby releasing the crosslinked aptamer-target complex into solution.
  • the crosslinking and binding steps may be promiscuous so that multiple bands including the intended target but also random proteins will appear on each of the gels.
  • the intended target will be found in a band that appears on the gel with the candidate aptamer (here, CAR003) but not the related negative control aptamers (here, randomly arranged CAR003).
  • the bands corresponding to the target are excised from the gel.
  • MS Mass spectrometry
  • This example illustrates the use of oligonucleotide probes described herein to diagnose a proliferative disease.
  • a suitable quantity of an oligonucleotide or pool of oligonucleotides that bind pancreatic tissue, such as identified in Examples 14-17 below, is synthesized via chemical means known in the art.
  • the oligonucleotides are conjugated to a diagnostic agent suitable for detection, such as a fluorescent moiety, using a conjugation method known in the art.
  • the composition is applied to tissue slides isolated from tumors taken from a test cohort of patients suffering from a proliferative disease associated with pancreatic tissue, e.g., pancreatic cancer.
  • the composition is likewise applied to tissue slides isolated from tumors taken from a negative control cohort, e.g., not suffering from such proliferative disease.
  • This example illustrates the use of oligonucleotide probes of the present invention to provide a theranosis for a drug for treating a proliferative disease.
  • a suitable quantity of an oligonucleotide or pool of oligonucleotides that bind pancreatic tissue, such as identified in Examples 14-17 below, is synthesized via chemical means known in the art.
  • the probes are conjugated to an agent suitable for detection, such as a biotin moiety, which can then be detected using streptavidin constructs such as streptavidin-horse radish peroxidase using
  • the oligonucleotide probe or panel of oligonucleotide probes are within a suitable composition, such as a buffered solution.
  • the probes are applied to tumor tissue samples taken from a test cohort of patients suffering from a proliferative disease, e.g. pancreatic cancer, that responded to a certain treatment, e.g., gemcitabine.
  • the probes are likewise applied to tumor tissue taken from a control cohort consisting of patients suffering from the same proliferative disease that did not respond to the treatment.
  • appropriate detection techniques e.g., IHC/PHC/PLP
  • the probes are applied to tumor tissue samples from a test cohort of patients suffering from a proliferative disease, e.g. pancreatic cancer, prior to or dining a course of treatment, such as surgery, radiotherapy and/or chemotherapy.
  • the probes are then applied to tumor tissue samples from the patients over a time course.
  • appropriate detection techniques e.g., IHC/PHC/PLP
  • An increase in the population of disease-related cells post-treatment may indicate that the treatment is less effective whereas a decrease in the population of disease-related cells post-treatment may indicate that the treatment has a beneficial effect.
  • This example illustrates the use of oligonucleotide probes of the present invention to treat a proliferative disease.
  • a suitable quantity of an oligonucleotide or pool of oligonucleotides that bind pancreatic cancer tumor tissue, such as identified in Examples 14-17 below, is synthesized via chemical means known in the art.
  • the oligonucleotides are conjugated to a chemotherapeutic agent, such as Doxil, using a conjugation method known in the art.
  • the conjugate is formulated in an aqueous composition.
  • composition is administered intravenously, in one or more doses, to a test cohort of subjects suffering from pancreatic cancer.
  • a control cohort suffering from pancreatic cancer is administered a placebo intravenously, according to a corresponding dosage regimen.
  • This Example illustrates the use of an oligonucleotide pool to detect microvesicles that are indicative of a phenotype of interest.
  • the method makes use of a pool of oligonucleotides that have been enriched against a target of interest that is indicative of a phenotype of interest.
  • the method in this Example allows efficient use of a library of oligonucleotides to preferentially recognize a target entity.
  • the method is described in the Example with a microvesicle target from a bodily fluid sample.
  • target entity e.g., cells, proteins, various other biological complexes
  • sample e.g., tissue, cell culture, biopsy, other bodily fluids
  • phenotypes other cancers, other diseases, etc
  • sample plasma, serum, urine or any other biological sample
  • the microvesicles can be isolated and optionally tethered to a solid support such as a microbead.
  • an oligonucleotide pool carrying certain specificity against the target of interest can be enriched using various selection schemes, e.g., using non-cancer microvesicles for negative selection and cancer microvesicles for positive selection as described above.
  • oligonucleotides can be used as desired.
  • oligonucleotide profde from the sequencing.
  • a profile of oligonucleotides known to bind the target of interest indicates the presence of the target within the input sample.
  • the profde can be used to characterize the sample, e.g., as cancer or non-cancer.
  • oligonucleotide-sequencing assay can be performed.
  • Samples can be any appropriate biological sample.
  • the protocols can be modified as desired.
  • the microvesicles can be isolated using alternate techniques instead or or in addition to ultracentrifugation. Such techniques can be disclosed herein, e.g., polymer precipitation (e.g., PEG), column chromatography, and/or affinity isolation.
  • Protocol 1
  • Oligonucleotide sequencing for example, Next generation methods; Ion Torrent: fusion PCR, emulsion PCR, sequencing).
  • Protocol 2 [00573] Protocol 2:
  • This alternate protocol does not include a microvesicle isolation step, microvesicles conjugation to the beads, or separate partitioning step. This may present non-specific binding of the oligonucleotides against the input sample.
  • Oligonucleotide sequencing for example, Next generation methods; Ion Torrent: fusion PCR, emulsion PCR, sequencing).
  • Protocol 3 [00582] Protocol 3:
  • This protocol uses filtration instead of ultracentrifugation and should require less time and sample volume.
  • Variant 1 Dilute concentrate with buffer specified above to the original volume and repeat centrifugation.
  • Variant 2 Dilute concentrate with buffer specified above to the original volume and transfer concentrate to new filter unit and centrifuge. Repeat twice.

Landscapes

  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Molecular Biology (AREA)
  • Genetics & Genomics (AREA)
  • Immunology (AREA)
  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Biomedical Technology (AREA)
  • General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Biochemistry (AREA)
  • Biotechnology (AREA)
  • Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
  • Biophysics (AREA)
  • Cell Biology (AREA)
  • General Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Zoology (AREA)
  • Wood Science & Technology (AREA)
  • Urology & Nephrology (AREA)
  • Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Bioinformatics & Cheminformatics (AREA)
  • Microbiology (AREA)
  • Hematology (AREA)
  • Proteomics, Peptides & Aminoacids (AREA)
  • General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Virology (AREA)
  • Tropical Medicine & Parasitology (AREA)
  • Plant Pathology (AREA)
  • Pathology (AREA)
  • Food Science & Technology (AREA)
  • Analytical Chemistry (AREA)
  • Pharmaceuticals Containing Other Organic And Inorganic Compounds (AREA)

Abstract

Nous avons développé une bibliothèque d'aptamères d'oligonucléotides à l'aide d'échantillons de tumeur de pré-traitement à partir d'un essai clinique. A l'aide de résultats de patient connus à partir de l'essai, la bibliothèque a été entraînée pour classifier des échantillons en tant que répondants ou non répondants à un traitement. Des protéines cibles d'aptamères ont également été identifiées. Les aptamères et les cibles de ceux-ci ont une utilisation dans des applications d'imagerie médicale et thérapeutiques.
PCT/US2019/021491 2018-03-08 2019-03-08 Sondes oligonucléotidiques et leurs utilisations Ceased WO2019173799A1 (fr)

Applications Claiming Priority (8)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US201862640503P 2018-03-08 2018-03-08
US62/640,503 2018-03-08
US201862665361P 2018-05-01 2018-05-01
US62/665,361 2018-05-01
US201862700696P 2018-07-19 2018-07-19
US62/700,696 2018-07-19
US201862755921P 2018-11-05 2018-11-05
US62/755,921 2018-11-05

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2019173799A1 true WO2019173799A1 (fr) 2019-09-12

Family

ID=67846356

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/US2019/021491 Ceased WO2019173799A1 (fr) 2018-03-08 2019-03-08 Sondes oligonucléotidiques et leurs utilisations

Country Status (1)

Country Link
WO (1) WO2019173799A1 (fr)

Cited By (12)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN111540094A (zh) * 2020-04-20 2020-08-14 北京澎思科技有限公司 功能控制方法、门禁机及存储介质
WO2021087164A1 (fr) * 2019-10-30 2021-05-06 Shire Human Genetic Therapies, Inc. Procédés pour la détection d'oligonucléotides
CN112858492A (zh) * 2019-11-28 2021-05-28 中国科学院大连化学物理研究所 基于液相色谱-质谱的糖苷类化合物规模化定性方法
CN114107308A (zh) * 2020-09-01 2022-03-01 湖南大学 一种吉西他滨修饰的寡聚核苷酸
WO2023025312A1 (fr) 2021-08-27 2023-03-02 深圳艾欣达伟医药科技有限公司 Patient résistant aux inhibiteurs de parp traités avec th-302
WO2023025291A1 (fr) 2021-08-27 2023-03-02 深圳艾欣达伟医药科技有限公司 Solution de formulation lyophilisée, formulation lyophilisée, procédé et utilisation associés
WO2023174319A1 (fr) 2022-03-15 2023-09-21 深圳艾欣达伟医药科技有限公司 Méthode de traitement d'un patient atteint d'un cancer à mutation de brca
WO2023198188A1 (fr) 2022-04-15 2023-10-19 深圳艾欣达伟医药科技有限公司 Méthode de traitement du cancer faisant appel à th-302 seul ou en association avec un inhibiteur de parp
WO2023226959A1 (fr) 2022-05-23 2023-11-30 深圳艾欣达伟医药科技有限公司 Méthode de traitement du cancer par combinaison d'un promédicament d'agent alkylant et d'un inhibiteur de cycle cellulaire
WO2024061346A1 (fr) 2022-09-22 2024-03-28 深圳艾欣达伟医药科技有限公司 Utilisation d'un composé activé par hypoxie dans la préparation d'un médicament pour le traitement d'un patient atteint d'un cancer
WO2024054768A3 (fr) * 2022-09-07 2024-05-16 Pioneer Hi-Bred International, Inc. Acides nucléiques restaurateurs de fertilité dans le cadre de la stérilité mâle cytoplasmique (smc) chez brassica, marqueurs, procédés et dosages de zygosité
EP4116433A4 (fr) * 2020-03-05 2025-07-09 Bioptamers Pesquisa E Desenvolvimento Ltda Procédé de sélection d'aptamères à haute spécificité pour la cible sur une plateforme de dispositifs microfluidiques pour la co-culture de tissus multiples

Citations (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2009130480A1 (fr) * 2008-04-22 2009-10-29 Oxford Gene Technology Ip Limited Analyse d’acides nucléiques
WO2012009578A2 (fr) * 2010-07-14 2012-01-19 The Curators Of The University Of Missouri Détection de molécules individuelles d'acides nucléiques facilitée par des nanopores
US20170258881A1 (en) * 2008-12-03 2017-09-14 The Johns Hopkins University Annexin a2 as immunological target
WO2017161357A1 (fr) * 2016-03-18 2017-09-21 Caris Science, Inc. Sondes oligonucléotidiques et utilisations de celles-ci
WO2017205686A1 (fr) * 2016-05-25 2017-11-30 Caris Science, Inc. Sondes oligonucléotidiques et utilisations de celles-ci
US20180334724A1 (en) * 2017-05-16 2018-11-22 Oncology Venture ApS Methods for predicting drug responsiveness in cancer patients

Patent Citations (7)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2009130480A1 (fr) * 2008-04-22 2009-10-29 Oxford Gene Technology Ip Limited Analyse d’acides nucléiques
US20170258881A1 (en) * 2008-12-03 2017-09-14 The Johns Hopkins University Annexin a2 as immunological target
WO2012009578A2 (fr) * 2010-07-14 2012-01-19 The Curators Of The University Of Missouri Détection de molécules individuelles d'acides nucléiques facilitée par des nanopores
WO2017161357A1 (fr) * 2016-03-18 2017-09-21 Caris Science, Inc. Sondes oligonucléotidiques et utilisations de celles-ci
US20190078093A1 (en) * 2016-03-18 2019-03-14 Caris Science, Inc. Oligonucleotide probes and uses thereof
WO2017205686A1 (fr) * 2016-05-25 2017-11-30 Caris Science, Inc. Sondes oligonucléotidiques et utilisations de celles-ci
US20180334724A1 (en) * 2017-05-16 2018-11-22 Oncology Venture ApS Methods for predicting drug responsiveness in cancer patients

Non-Patent Citations (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
GONG, XG ET AL.: "Gemcitabine Resistance Induced by Interaction between Alternatively ? Spliced Segment of Tenascin-C and Annexin A2 in Pancreatic Cancer Cells", BIOLOGICAL AND PHARMACEUTICAL BULLETIN, vol. 33, no. 8, August 2010 (2010-08-01), pages 1261 - 1267, XP055638222 *
HAJJ, C ET AL.: "A Combination of Radiation and the Hypoxia-Activated Prodrug Evofosfamide ( TH -302) is Efficacious against a Human Orthotopic Pancreatic Tumor Model", TRANSLATIONAL ONCOLOGY, vol. 10, no. 5, October 2017 (2017-10-01), pages 760 - 765, XP055638214, DOI: 10.1016/j.tranon.2017.06.010 *

Cited By (16)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2021087164A1 (fr) * 2019-10-30 2021-05-06 Shire Human Genetic Therapies, Inc. Procédés pour la détection d'oligonucléotides
CN112858492A (zh) * 2019-11-28 2021-05-28 中国科学院大连化学物理研究所 基于液相色谱-质谱的糖苷类化合物规模化定性方法
CN112858492B (zh) * 2019-11-28 2021-12-28 中国科学院大连化学物理研究所 基于液相色谱-质谱的糖苷类化合物规模化定性方法
EP4116433A4 (fr) * 2020-03-05 2025-07-09 Bioptamers Pesquisa E Desenvolvimento Ltda Procédé de sélection d'aptamères à haute spécificité pour la cible sur une plateforme de dispositifs microfluidiques pour la co-culture de tissus multiples
CN111540094B (zh) * 2020-04-20 2022-03-11 北京澎思科技有限公司 功能控制方法、门禁机及存储介质
CN111540094A (zh) * 2020-04-20 2020-08-14 北京澎思科技有限公司 功能控制方法、门禁机及存储介质
CN114107308B (zh) * 2020-09-01 2024-05-24 湖南大学 一种吉西他滨修饰的寡聚核苷酸
CN114107308A (zh) * 2020-09-01 2022-03-01 湖南大学 一种吉西他滨修饰的寡聚核苷酸
WO2023025312A1 (fr) 2021-08-27 2023-03-02 深圳艾欣达伟医药科技有限公司 Patient résistant aux inhibiteurs de parp traités avec th-302
WO2023025291A1 (fr) 2021-08-27 2023-03-02 深圳艾欣达伟医药科技有限公司 Solution de formulation lyophilisée, formulation lyophilisée, procédé et utilisation associés
WO2023174319A1 (fr) 2022-03-15 2023-09-21 深圳艾欣达伟医药科技有限公司 Méthode de traitement d'un patient atteint d'un cancer à mutation de brca
WO2023198188A1 (fr) 2022-04-15 2023-10-19 深圳艾欣达伟医药科技有限公司 Méthode de traitement du cancer faisant appel à th-302 seul ou en association avec un inhibiteur de parp
WO2023226959A1 (fr) 2022-05-23 2023-11-30 深圳艾欣达伟医药科技有限公司 Méthode de traitement du cancer par combinaison d'un promédicament d'agent alkylant et d'un inhibiteur de cycle cellulaire
EP4529926A1 (fr) 2022-05-23 2025-04-02 Ascentawits Pharmaceuticals, Ltd. Méthode de traitement du cancer par combinaison d'un promédicament d'agent alkylant et d'un inhibiteur de cycle cellulaire
WO2024054768A3 (fr) * 2022-09-07 2024-05-16 Pioneer Hi-Bred International, Inc. Acides nucléiques restaurateurs de fertilité dans le cadre de la stérilité mâle cytoplasmique (smc) chez brassica, marqueurs, procédés et dosages de zygosité
WO2024061346A1 (fr) 2022-09-22 2024-03-28 深圳艾欣达伟医药科技有限公司 Utilisation d'un composé activé par hypoxie dans la préparation d'un médicament pour le traitement d'un patient atteint d'un cancer

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US11332748B2 (en) Oligonucleotide probes and uses thereof
US20220290124A1 (en) Oligonucleotide probes and uses thereof
WO2019173799A1 (fr) Sondes oligonucléotidiques et leurs utilisations
US20190359983A1 (en) Targeted oligonucleotides
US20200032265A1 (en) Oligonucleotide Probes and Uses Thereof
EP3039174B1 (fr) Sondes oligonucléotidiques et leurs utilisations
EP2912182B1 (fr) Aptamères et leurs utilisations
EP3268476B1 (fr) Sondes oligonucléotidiques et utilisations de celles-ci
HK40007814A (en) Oligonucleotide probes and uses thereof

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 19764896

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 19764896

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1